Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Files in PDF format
I have made many of the files available in .pdf format, in addition to graphic and Finale format. You will need Acrobat Reader to view these files. They are optimized for printing rather than viewing on screen. I have done this with the files I had in original format (I did not have all of them).

Introduction

Blues Guitar - Overview
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Introduction 12 bar blues in Emajor 12 bar blues in Amajor E-major revisited Some other blues progressions

Some fingerpicking challenges More examples in E and A Some theory: The tritone, dim and the 7 chord. Blues in D Introduction to open tuning - Open D Blues in G

Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Blues in C Minor Blues Jazzier blues moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb The circle of fifths have you noticed the sequence of the keys?

The 12 bar blues progression in E-major
q

Retailers:

q

q

q

q

If you like the site, give me your vote:

q q q

New Lessons
q q

1 -The Basic Chord Structure 1 B - Another version of the basic lesson 2 -Some variations of the 12 bar form 3 - The turnaround chord 3B - The importance of rhythm - some damping techniques 4 - The shuffle 4B - E-Shuffle 4C - The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle

q

q q

q q

q

q

q

5 -The harmonized shuffle 6 -The treble shuffle 7 -Some other shuffle style licks – Boom Boogie 7B -Muddy Boogie 8 - A turnaround chord sequence 9 - The turnaround lick 10 - The "fill in" – Part 1 * Part 2 11 - The Boogie bass line - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 - Boom Boogie * Part 5 Muddy Boogie * Part 6 - The Trip of The Day

q

q

q

q

q

q

12 - An introduction to blues fingerpicking 12B Monotone bass fingerpicking – Rocking Baby 13 - 16-bar blues 13B - Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions - Power Chords 13C - With A Taste of Onion 13D - You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water

Blues for Beginners So you'd like to ... Teach yourself how to play blues guitar The Greatest Blues Guitarists of All-Time Great Electric Blues Guitarists The Country Blues The Delta Blues Downhome Blues Chicago Blues for

q q

q

q

q

Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music - Lesson 3 Reading Music - Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise jazzy 7th

Blues in A-major

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

q

chords Open Chords

q

q

Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

q

q

14 - 12 bar blues progression in A 14B: Rocking Bill 15 - Fingerpicking with monotone bass in A 15B - Betty Blues

q

q

q

15C Fingerpicking Instrumental in A 16 - The "Long A" and "moveable C7" chord 17 - A shuffle solo

q

q

q

18 - The minor pentatonic scale - a simplified blues scale 19 - The "Blue notes" - the blues scale 20 - The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale

beginners Essential Chess Blues Library 15 Essential Blues CDs (And A Great Place To Begin) Blues/Rock Essentials Learning Blues Guitar

E-major Revisited
q

21 - Blues scale in E

q

22 - The minor pentatonic scale in E and A, all positions

q

23 - The moveable D / D7 shapes

Some Other Blues Progressions
q

8-bar blues – 8bar Blues in E

q

8-bar blues in A – Key to The Highway

q

8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby

Some fingerpicking challenges in E and A
q

Pony Blues / M&O Blues

q

Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues

The Power of the Tritone, dim and the 7 chord.
q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3

q

Tritone Blues - Part 4 Kansas City

Blues in D
q

The basics: 12-bar and chords

q

Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

Blues in G
q q

The basics: 12-bar and chords A 12 bar blues in G.

q q

G-Boogie Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way

Blues in C
q q

C C Rider Cocaine Blues

q q

Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There

Minor Blues Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Jazzier blues - moveable chords in F, Bb and Eb 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution - part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 Add the m7 chord Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3* Part 4

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar - By Olav Torvund

A Turaround Lesson Turnaround - Lesson 1, part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Turnaround - Lesson 2, part 1 * Part 2 Turnaround - Lesson 3, part 1 * Part 2

Introduction to open tuning - Open D That's No Way To Get Along the Train Bottleneck/Slide Guitar Roll and Tumble Walking Black Mama

The circle of fifths - have you noticed the sequence of the keys? Great blues-guitar players - guides for those who want to play their styles These are annotated lists of books, records and videos for those of you who want to learn more about the playing styles of some of the great blues-men. (Sorry, ladies. There are not many ladies in the history of blues guitar. Memphis Minnie is the only one that comes to my mind, and I do not know any material devoted to her playing.) Robert Johnson Lonnie Johnson Big Bill Broonzy Blind Blake Rev Gary Davis B. B. King Eric Clapton

Books and videos on Blues Guitar.

Main Book Menu

Beginning Blues Guitar ** Acoustic Blues ** Electric Blues ** Acoustic Texas Blues ** Electric Texas Blues ** Delta Blues Guitar ** From the Delta to Chicago ** East Coast Blues ** Chicago Blues ** Fingerpicking Blues ** Lead Guitar ** Bottleneck / Slide Guitar ** Jazz Blues ** Scales, Chords etc ** Blues Songbooks ** Individual artists** Masters of Country Blues - DVD series

Introduction

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/index.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:01:53

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar – Minor Blues - Lesson 1, Part 1
C-Major Diddie Has Something There Minor Blues Lesson 1, Part 2

You can subsitute all major chords in a 12-bar blues with the parallel minor chords, and voila: You get a minor blues. In the key A-minor, a 12-bar blues Type 1 would be like this:

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

I have not included a turnaround chord, which would be an Em7 if we should stick to minor chords througout the tune. But as there are no tritone in the m7 chord, it does not have the turnaround effect. It is the tritone in the V7 chord that calls for a resolution to the I chord, which has the turnaround effect. Some examples of tunes played with this progression are: CD Main link goes to Amazon US, Amazon UK link in parenthesis)

Artist

Tune

Key

Source

Comments An Otis Rush tune. The middle (shuffle section) modulates to major, and then it modulates back to minor.

If you like the site, give me your vote:

All Your Love Eric Clapton (I Miss Loving)

Am

John Mayall and the Bluesbreaker (UK)

The Bluesmen (from Musicroom)

Otis Rush Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

All Your Love (I Miss Loving)

F#m

Guitar White Pages

I have not written out any arrangements in this lesson, as it is the chord progression and not a particular playing style that is covered. Instead I have included backing tracks in various keys and styles. The minor pentatonic scale should be the basis for your soloing over these progressions. Backing Track - MinorBlues-1 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Minor chords only, i chord in bar 2, no turnaround. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:01:55

iv chord in bar 2.torvund. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C-Major Diddie Has Something There Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-1.Lesson 1. no turnaround. Part 1 If we write the similar progression as a Type 2 progression.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .asp (2 of 2)07. Backing Track . Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www. it would be like this: Here are some backing tracks to practise with.2005 04:01:55 .01.MinorBlues-2 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Minor chords only.

Isn't the G#dim just the E7 in a D7-shape moved up two frets? The answer is a kind of yes and no.Lesson 1 Part 2 The turnaround takes you from the end of one verse to the beginning of the next. Here I will start with a few chord sequences that can be the basis for many turnaround licks.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites You may ask why I call them diminished. and give them these strange root notes. We start from a I-chord. and return to the I-chord.Lesson 1. As pointed out in the Blues Guitar .01. the sequence will be: If you like the site.asp (1 of 3)07.2005 04:01:58 . If we take the root out of the E7. You can find one example of a turnaround chord sequence in E in the lesson Blues Guitar . and it will often be notated as E7. But it will often function as an E7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence. the blues turnaround usually has two parts: The first part takes place from the first beat of bar 11 to the first beat of bar 12. D#7 and D7. It will typically end on a V7-chord.torvund. Gdim and F#dim. which will be resolved by the I-chord at the beginning of the next verse. From there the second part goes to the V7-chord. Play the same sequence of chords as real 7th chords with the root. part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Turnaround . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . We start in the key of E-major.Lesson 1. The chords we will be using in addition to the E. so it might be an idea to review them before you continue. The chords will then be E7. we are left with a G#dim chord.the turnaround chord . http://www. in case you have not been following the Blues Guitar Series.lesson. and a turnaround lick in Blues Guitar . and listen carefully. We will start from where we ended in these lessons. Before going more into turnaround. do some melodic and/or harmonic embellishments.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . are three diminished chords: G#dim. we have to recapitulate. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: E G#dim Gdim F#dim E Written in tablature.

Lesson 1. Edim7 and D#dim7. which means that I do not want them to function as 7th chords in this context. I prefer the dim7 in this contxt. What is right for you is right.E. But listen carefully to the subtle differences between the three chord sequences E .Edim7 D#dim7 . http://www.E and E . E . It will then be E#dim7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1. I am telling you what kind of chords I prefer to use in this context. If I should make them into some kind of 7th chords.torvund.F#dim .G#dim .01. Your ears decide what you like.2005 04:01:58 .E. E E#dim7 Edim7 D#dim7 E There is no right or wrong here.Gdim .D7 . part 1 E E7 D#7 D7 E I think they sound better as dim chords.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .asp (2 of 3)07.E7 .E#dim7 .D#7 .

net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . part 1 More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-1.Lesson 1 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 1.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 Further references Turnaround .2005 04:01:58 .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .torvund.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .

The book was published for the first time in 1980. even if it is fun. and still I learn a lot from having to work with it .torvund. But look back to this page from time to time. So I give no promises on when it will be finished . I have decided to make the content of the book available on the net. The book was revised. So do not expect me to start at the top of the outline and include new material in sequence . It is fun to write about music.and my own learning is the major inspiration for the work.asp07.if it ever will. it would probably be of little use for the majority of you anyway. and some is almost ready for the net. I used to teach blues guitar to help support my living. Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Introduction Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E When I was a law student.Blues Guitar . and published it as a book. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.even though the sequence is meant to be a recommended sequence for studying the material.01. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.2005 04:02:00 . But the book has long been out of print. and there might be more than one reading list that utilizes the same material. Eventually I collected and edited the material I used in my teaching.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Introduction.Introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and a 2nd edition was published in 1990. The outline is a reading list with reference to underlying documents. Some of the material has already been on the net for a while. But it takes time.net I appreciate comments http://www. Other parts have to be written from scratch. And since it was published in Norwegian only. and see if some of the headlines in the outline has turned into active links. along with material that I now think should have been in the book and material from books that was never written. and other periods where I do not touch it at all. I know from experience that there will be periods where I work a lot on this project.

Usually I will recommend that you use 1st finger on 4th string. When fingering chords. This will reduce the finger movement. but you do not have the A chord under your fingers. But it is the least flexible fingering. So I will not recommend this fingering. you need to know four chords: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01. and the finger will be a guide for the rest of your fingers.torvund. lifting it as little as possible. and 2nd finger on 2nd fret. while the other two are placed in a useless position. Notice that your 2nd finger is in the same position in both chords. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter E Retailers: E7 A7 B7 How to finger the chords If you are not used to play these chord. the change to and from B7 in particular might be a bit difficult. E is a popular key for blues guitar. the easiest way to finger the simple A7 chord is with 1st finger on 2nd fret. Just move the finger across. and in B7 it holds it on the 4th string. Lift off the 2nd finger. There is no clear "right" or "wrong" when it comes to fingering of the A and A7 chord. The blues progression in E can be played as follows: If you like the site. 4th string. 1st fret. Don't lift the finger off the string just to place it where is was . from 4th string 2nd fret to 3rd string 2nd fret. With this fingering it might be easier to change to and from both E and B7. practise just this movement without caring about your 4th finger until it is fluent. This will give you an A chord. The first finger is on 1st fret in both chords. It depends on where you are coming from and where will go next.asp (1 of 4)07.The 12 bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . To play the blues in it's simplest form. and you get A7.Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E This is the first in a series of lessons on playing blues guitar. 2nd string. If you can keep a finger where it is. do it. It takes time to shift fingers. the more fluent will the changes be. When looked at in isolation. Look at the fingering indicated in the chord diagrams. and the less you do it.keep it on the 2nd fret of the 5th string through the change. Be careful with how you finger these changes. On the other hand. The fingering of the Echord is in my view the only sensible way to finger this chord. There is also only one way to finger this voicing of the B7 chord. go to my BASIC BLUES and Basic 12-bar blues lessons.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. But in the E chord it holds the first fret on the 3rd string. in the key of E. (The lessons might be overlapping). you get the Amaj7 by placing your 1st finger on 3rd string. For a more on the 12 bar blues progression in general.Blues Guitar . Your 3rd finger crosses in the opposite direction. you should try to make as little finger movement as possible. Then you just add your 4th finger on 2nd fret 1st string for the B7. It might be an alternative to finger the A7 with 2nd finger on 4th string and 3rd finger on the 2nd string. You use two fingers. but it is not the easiest key to play if you are a beginner on the guitar. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. If you find the change difficult.2005 04:02:03 . A typical beginner error is to lift all the fingers off the fingerboard and relocate each finger. 2nd finger on 3rd string and 3rd finger on 4th string. We start with the blues progression I have labeled Blues progression 1.

IV=A and V=B.12 bar blues in E We often use roman numbers to indicate chords relative to the root chord. Count the rhythm as you play.4.4. you will probably understand that it is inspired by Muddy Waters and the playing in his son The Hoochie Coochie Man. By the name I have assigned to it. and the chord a fifth above is labeled V.asp (2 of 4)07. if you prefer that).The 12 bar blues in E MIDI file .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction.3 . 2 .2 . But I am not saying that this is exactly how Muddy Waters played the song. You must play the 12-bar blues progression until it becomes second nature to you.4. The root chord will then be I. It is a simple lick played on the two bottom strings (or on the 6th string only. 3 . and you can play it on "auto-pilot".2 . The E7-A change could be seen as a V-I resolution in the key of A.01. Download Finale File http://www. until you get to 12 . The chord a fourth above is labeled IV. I the key of E the numbers will be: I=E. And this is in fact just what it does. The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" I will give you one rather simple. but effective and very useful lick.2 . is that we can notate a chord structure that can be applied to any key. when it is time to start over from 1 again.4. You should know both in which bar you are. The way to count is 1 . The 12 bar blues will then be: Listen carefully to the change from E to E7. It is almost as the harmony starts preparing for a jump to A.3 . etc.3 . The advantage of using such notation.2005 04:02:03 . and it really illustrates the double identity of the I-IV change.Blues Guitar .2 .torvund. Play the blues slow with a steady rhythm with four beats in each bar. and which note in the bar you are playing.

asp (3 of 4)07. Happy Traum Teaches Blues guitar Beginning Blues Guitar. Take the first step towards mastering blues guitar. Acoustic Blues. A Hands-On Beginner's Course In Acoustic Country Blues Homespun Listen & Learn Series Take a lesson in fingerstyle blues guitar from one of the world's most respected teacher/performers. ToC No HL841082 Review: Order From: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order from: The Ultimate Beginner Series ... This book will help build the foundation for your understanding of blues guitar techniques and styles for both acoustic and electric guitar.G. All you need to know is how to play a Bestseller! few basic chords to get started playing along with this user-friendly book/audio package. call and response patterns. You'll learn to play melodies and solo in several keys. This book/CD will guide you through everything you need to know to begin playing blues Bestseller! guitar: shuffle rhythms. King secret scale pattern. and C. Published by Hal Leonard. Songs and solos are presented in standard notation and tablature with lyrics..2005 04:02:03 . (SG98506BCD) See more info. it should be a good one. blues soloing. But: I am a bit sceptic to a version where the audio is squeezed down to on CD.The 12 bar blues in E Alternate fingering . turnarounds.G. in addtition to surfing the web. Includes simple first position blues scales needed for soloing (both fingerpicking and flatpicking) in the keys of E. Kenn Chipkin. ToC No WBUBSBK103CD Review: http://www. and the 'B.Blues Guitar Basics. Includes 3 CD's. bass rhythms and 'boogie woogie' walking bass patterns that make the basic blues progression come alive.. Happy gradually starts adding fills.B. See more info. I will suggest these for beginners: Order from: Beginner's Blues Guitar Fred Sokolow teaches you how to accompany yourself while singing the SheetmusicPlus (US) blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. and C. but as I know Happy Traum. Addresses the simple blues form in E.. slow blues. Beginning Blues Guitar. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. throughout the neck. gradually expanding on concepts.' See more info. Way back in the 70's.torvund. play-along 'jam' tracks. I do not know this specific set. turnarounds. blues scale positions. runs. I hope he publish the full version of the course on CDs. a blues series on cassettes by Happy Traum was a great help for me.the entire lick on one string More Material on Basic Blues Guitar If you want some books and CDs to work with. Steps One & SheetmusicPlus Two Combined(Book & CD) Amazon UK Performed by Keith Wyatt..01.Blues Guitar .. Beginning Blues Guitar. Beginning with the most basic strumming of a 12bar blues pattern.

2005 04:02:03 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12_bar_in_E-introduction. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Here's a comprehensive method dedicated to the blues! This book is perfect for beginning blues and rock/blues guitarists. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Backing Track .asp (4 of 4)07.net I appreciate comments http://www. 90 and 120).Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Introduction Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. ToC No AP8230 For more suggestions. Backing Tracks for Practise Here you can find a simple Band-In-A-Box file with this 12 bar progression in E. which makes them boring as listening track. Beginning Blues Guitar.The 12 bar blues in E Order from: Beginning Blues Guitar (book & Enhanced Cd) SheetmusicPlus Blues Lead Guitar. See more info. Use them to get the sound of the cords.. but good for practise.Blues Guitar .torvund. For more information. The Enhanced CD demonstrates the examples in the book. go the the Beginning Blues Guitar in the Guitar Books Section. and as a backing track for your own playing. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. If you have Band-In-ABox or you have downloaded the free Band-In-A-Box player you can play just to listen to the chords.01. They are long 10-15 minutes.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . Download all files as a zip-file. (Complete Blues Guitar Method). 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . All examples are shown in standard music notation and TAB. There are tons of licks in the styles of the blues masters such as Muddy Waters and Buddy Guy.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. Published by Alfred Publishing.. and as backing tracks. This is the best step-by-step blues method for guitar that teaches the substance and style of the blues.

2005 04:02:05 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. the V7 chord is B7. In E. the IV chord will be A. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E In roman numbers. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Backing Track . In the key of E.asp (1 of 3)07.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. the progression will be written as follows: If you like the site.torvund.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2.01. I label this progression 12-bar Blues Progression 2. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Another variation is to play V7 chords in both bar 9 and 10. As long as we are in the key of E. and the progression will be: http://www.the turnaround chord Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the first lesson we looked at a very basic 12 bar blues structure in the key of E.Blues Guitar . the this progression will be: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. You will often hear the IV chord in 2nd bar instead of the I chord.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . But there are many variations of the form. just to give it a name. Download all files as a zip-file. For more information.

I played a very simple little figure: Download Finale File Material for further exploration of the blues form.Blues Guitar .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E. As you probably heard.alternate 10 bar More on the "Hoochie Coochie lick" You may have wondered what I played when I came to the A-chord in bar 5. if you listened to the MP3.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E 12 bar blues Type 1 in E .asp (2 of 3)07. They all come with CDs http://www. Over the A chord. There are of course many books that deals with blues. and at the end before returning to E. with this ending. I played the lick both as an intro before landing on the A. But these three books will take you through many ways of playing the basic 12-bar chord structure.01. which will give you this progression: 12 bar blues Type 2 in E .2005 04:02:05 .alternate 10 bar You can of course also play a IV-chord in bar 2.

which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Book/CD package. intros. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. bebop. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. West Coast. and not the blues as such. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks.Blues Guitar . Texas.net I appreciate comments http://www. turnarounds. Unless jazz is you main interest. Kansas City. accompanying keyboards and more. and jazzy blues progressions. As the name says. rock 'n' roll. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. soloing. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .. . and not the blues as such. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.. the book focuses on the shuffle. slow. 92 pages... Covers: boogie. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (There are many other chords as well). and bebop blues. Includes tab and notation. and other blues styles.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. shuffle. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . and covers Delta.asp (3 of 3)07. the book focuses on the shuffle.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . As the name says.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Chicago. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. It explores shuffle. country. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz.torvund. New Orleans.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle.the turnaround chord Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. and other forms of popular music. By Jim Ferguson. Chicago. (HL695005) See more info.2005 04:02:05 . This is one of my favorites! See more info. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. minor. Rhythm/backup.Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Jim Ferguson . swing.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 1 The 12 bar blues in E Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . it will take you through various blues progressions.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/2-variations_of_the_12_bar_blues_in_E.01. riff.

01.or at least one usually does not end on this chord. you have to end on a I chord. It sounds better if you damp it out by leaning your 3rd finger on the 2nd string. The simplest turnaround is just to end on the V7 chord. but it might work well as a quick passing chord. but it does not sound as good. it is not that important. You might play it on all four beats of the last bar. it would be: Retailers: You should notice that the V7 chord is played from the second beat of the last bar.An introduction to turnarounds Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . If you let a strong dissonance ring. But for this very short chord.asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar . The open B string will give you a strong dissonance if you let it ring with the C7 chord. that is resolved when you start the next verse. and I am sure that you have heard many turnarounds played. giving you a last line that looks like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. A turnaround turns you around: It takes you from them end of the verse to the beginning of the next. And then you go to B7 by moving the chord down one fret. In the last verse. What you do is to create some tension at the end of the verse. You do this by ending on a V7 chord.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds the turnaround chord Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You have probably already heard the word turnaround. or a I7 chord. C7 12 bar blues Type 1 in E with turnaround chord http://www. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We can introduce the C7-chord on the second beat in the last bar. This creates a V7-I change. If you like the site. If you end on the V7 chord. you will feel that you have to play another verse. give me your vote: You cannot end on the V7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround. then it will sound "wrong". which is dissolved by the I chord in the beginning of the next verse.torvund.2005 04:02:08 . You get the C7 just by moving the B7 up one fret. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter In E.

. Blues Lead Guitar.asp (2 of 3)07. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .torvund. Backing Track .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.. And then it is back to the basic lick. 96 pages.2005 04:02:08 .Blues Guitar by Joe Bennett.. Published by Amsco. with turnaround chords this time. and you are ready for another 12 bar.5. 6. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb More on Blues Turnarounds http://www. (AM973775) See more info. and look at how it ended. Download Finale File PDF-File If you want to make a short cut .. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. a run I am sure you have heard many times before.Blues Guitar .An introduction to turnarounds The end of the Hoochie Coochie lick When starting on the turnaround. It's Easy To Fake. and then it is the normal route back to E again. In bar 12 there is little chromatic run from A to B. and another simple chromatic run down to A in bar 10. From SheetmusicPlus Backing tracks for practise I leave you with these backing tracks with 12-bar blues type 1 and 2. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. it is time to turn around to our Hoochie Coochie lick on more time. For more information. softcover. Guitar Method.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord.5 x 9.01. As you see. For more information... it is a very simple move ut the the B in bar 9.

01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/3-intro_to_turnaround.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:08 .Blues Guitar .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .An introduction to turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .

.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm We do not always want the strings to ring out.asp (1 of 2)07.torvund. But it is harder to get a really driving rhythm with this technique. and by that damp the whole chord. rock and jazz players will usually damp the strings by either the heel or the side of the hand. You can have an even strum of 8th or 16th notes. What to prefer depends on what you are playing. You will often do it by leaning over the finger that is fretting the adjacent string.6 verses with various damping techniques Right hand damping You can damp the strings with your right hand in two different ways. and create a strong syncopated rhythm just by damping with you left hand. Instructional method book with compact disc. and by that stop the ringing. 72 pages. Blues. It takes some time to get the control you need.Damping techniques Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .01. It creates a stronger rhythm if we cut the notes short and have a more staccato playing. Is is almost as if you are playing some kind of a drum. Published by Amsco. See more info.. Retailers: After some time of practise. but that does not mean easy. But it is a must for rhythmic playing. It is simple. You can vary the time from playing to damping. See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Rhythm is a key to good blues playing.. It is "simple". but you will need a lot of practise to get control. This is the main element in the Merle Travis / Chet Atkins style. and you need to learn damping techniques to get the rhythm. give me your vote: Damping by left hand is also done by touching the strings with your fingers. This is the key to the rhythm of Bo Diddley. you can release the barré. You can damp the strings by either the right hand . If you want to damp out individual strings. ToC No AM971432 Review: Order from: Blues Rhythm Guitar Technique Book/Cd Guitar method. A lighter damping will give you more of the actual note. you will touch this string with one of your fingers. Left hand damping If you like the site. ToC No CP-69100 Review: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. it can be almost only rhythm. Guitar Method. which makes it possible to combine legato and staccato lines. A classical player will damp by resting the fingertips on the strings. for instance if one string will give you a note that does not belong to the chord you are playing. Order from: Easy Blues Rhythms For Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Ed Lozano. You can strum the strings without letting them ring. Published by SheetmusicPlus Koala Publications (Australian import). This can give you a driving rhythm and a singing melody and/or clear harmony at the same time. which gives you a strong rhythm. you will be able to damp the bass-strings and let the treble strings ring out. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. You "simply" touch the strings with your hand.. If you damp hard (short time). If you are playing barré chords. Book and CD. With this technique you can damp out individual strings. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in E .Blues Guitar . the left hand or both.2005 04:02:10 .

Keith explores everything from straight-eighth boogie blues to rock shuffles and sophisticated uptown styles. Rhythms & Secrets DVD. Size 8.. ToC Review: Order DVD from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus No FR00915 For more on Rhythm Guitar. 3 pages. straight-eightth and shuffle patterns. 2nd Edition guitar. reveals his favourite blues chord voicing and comping concepts.Blues Guitar . chord substitution.75x11. ToC No WBREH891 Blues Riffs. Inc. DVD.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds . GIT's resident blues authority. For Guitar (Electric). Edited by Tim Landers.asp (2 of 2)07. Level: Intermediate. Guitar video: DVD/VHS Video.2005 04:02:10 . DVD+Chart.01..Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks ..torvund. ToC No MB20389DP Review: The Ultimate Beginner Series Beyond Basics: Blues Guitar Rhythm Chops Keith Wyatt.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/03B-Damping.. Published by Mel Bay Publications.the turnaround chord Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. This video has all the tricks to help you go beyond the basics of playing blues rhythm guitar..Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . go to the Rhythm Guitar Page in the Guitar Books Sections Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . Published by Music Sales. Published by Warner Brothers. Blues.Damping techniques Order from: Blues Guitar Rhythm Basics SheetmusicPlus By Corey Christiansen. Includes: classic blues chord voicings.net I appreciate comments http://www.75. blues progression variations. See more info.. QwikLicks. licks & phrases. See more info. and several complete 12-bar blues progressions. See more info.

which is the back bone of a lot of blues playing. You simply have to listen to Robert Johnson if you are serious about blues guitar. some are not. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. give me your vote: Robert Johnson . was Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues from 1935. I have made a separate web-page with references to material on his playing. Everyone interested in blues guitar should know Robert Johnson. Retailers: Robert Johnson. 64 pages. Book/CD package. ToC No HL695264 Review: For more on this style. Many bluesmen have issued hundreds of records. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first Delta artist to record a shuffle. Book and CD package. Solos. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. you have to listen to the real bluesmen and study their playing style. Performed by Robert Johnson.. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots . Size 9x12 inches.01. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman. This gives you the shuffle rhythm.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . the second is short and light. but far from last time in this series of blues lessons. I am not pretending that I know all their records.. Amazon US and Amazon UK for records by John Lee Hooker.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique.torvund. Some are very good. Amazon US and Amazon UK have soundbits (ca. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Inc. Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues. But it is used as a term for a rhythm where each beat is subdivided in two. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub. for the first. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues. 30 sec) from the majority of the records they have listed. If you don't know the artists.Blues Guitar . Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard." set.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Don't ask me what shuffle really means.. You can hear it on the record Roots Of Robert Johnson." is more of an instruction series.2005 04:02:14 . By Dave Rubin. technique and style of Robert Johnson. But the "Early . is it time to mention Robert Johnson. You have to use some damping to get it right. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman. Of these two notes. the first is longer and heavy. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. see: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann. With notes and tablature. If you search CDNOW. See more info. you will find more than 200 titles. Choose "Music" on the menu to the left at their main page. I have included references to books and CDs that I think should be of interest. and then "Free Downloads" on the banner menu. Books and records for further studies If you want to learn the blues..Amazon US has also made available a large number of music files for free download. with detailed breakdown of the songs. And now. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. Many his songs have a shuffle style.. Hard Time Killin' Floor. A tip: CDNOW. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).asp (1 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. Stove Pipe Stomp. but now I will mention Sweet Home Chicago and You've Got A Good Friend. In this study. but I list a few that in my view are good collections. you will get an impression of their playing style by listening to some of these soundbits. But I will suggest that you start with this one: If you like the site. Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s.

In E we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 5th string.Master Bluesman* Performed by Jimmy Reed. and make a small barré with your 1st finger over the 4th and 5th string at 2nd fret. You will notice that we alternates between two shapes while playing to one chord. Amazon UK The typical shuffle is played as a chord fragment on two bass strings. But since there are no open string. Skip James. When coming down from B7 (see below) I might prefer this fingering. and don't use it. The book is discussed a little further in conjunction with The book of the month August 2002. The best way . But be careful not to play the 6th (bottom) string. 1 shuffle. 4th and maybe 3rd string. and fret the 4th fret with your 3rd (ring) finger.asp (2 of 3)07. Then you use the 3rd finger on 4th fret. Booker White and others... (HL695139) See more info.01. The other position is out of the 5th fret: 1st finger on 6th string. pos. It is a tough stretch.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Order Jimmy Reed : Blues Masters-Very Best Of Jim from: I have not found any CD that includes all the songs in the book above . I just move it across to the 5th.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002. As always. Published by Hal Leonard.2005 04:02:14 . and you get the 7th chord. This fingering is even harder. Size 9x12 inches. Roots of Robert Johnson This CD has nothing to do with the book of the same title. Published by Hal Leonard. which makes it very useful. Lonnie Johnson. I have even seen well known instructors .in my opinion . and play out of 2nd fret. (HL694937) See more info. 7th fret. Jimmy Reed . But if you remove one finger from you fretting hand.no name given . and in A we will vary between 2nd and 4th fret on the 4th string. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-for-note transcriptions). This collection presents note-for-note transcriptions and performance notes for 12 timeless songs that inspired the legendary Robert Johnson. Then you can use 3rd finger on 5th string.torvund. E- A- A- shuffle (E. It takes some time to get enough control to play a good shuffle without hitting the 6th string. 72 pages. Go to the 5th fret with your 4th finger. 2nd finger on 5th string. 5th fret. including: Cross Road Blues * I'm Gonna Yola My Blues Away * Lead Pencil Blues * Life Saver Blues * My Black Mama * Roll and Tumble Blues * You Gonna Need Somebody When You Die * and more. E6. E7) shuffle. What you are doing. Use your pinky (4th finger)! Many guitar players find their 4th finger too weak. and 4th finger on 5th. you will limit you playing possibilities. With notes and tablature. or you can move the fingering across to the 5th and 4th string. pos.Blues Guitar . There is only one way to finger the shuffle over the E .unless you Amazon US go for the Boxed set with 10 CDs. Son House. You play only the bottom two (or three) stings. is by making a short barré covering two strings on 2nd fret with your index (1st) finger.. 2 There are two ways to finger the A-shuffle. so it will take some time to get it. The 4th finger will never be the stronger of your fingers.recommend that you don't use it.. Here you can hear the first recorded delta blues shuffle: Johnnie Temple with his Lead Pencil Blues Order from: Amazon US Amazon UK Order from: Acoustic Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus By Dave Rubin.to finger this shuffle. by seminal bluesman such as Blind Blake. and 4th finger on 10th fret. but with some training it can do a lot of work! http://www. You can either move the second A-position up two frets. 9th fret. I usually prefer to play it almost as I play the Eshuffle. is to shift from E to E6 or A to A6. it is a moveable position. . But the record listed should give a good selection.E7 chords. It is a matter of practise. the B7 is difficult.E6 .

it is really a matter of practise.Blues Guitar . or by down-strokes only. they are almost equal. Click here for an example of a shuffle. Jimmy Reed typically plays with a heavy shuffle. Both verses are played with alternating down. You will eventually be able to stretch you fingers more.01. Alternating strokes tend to emphasize the heavier shuffle.2005 04:02:14 . is to vary the strokes.net I appreciate comments http://www.and up-strokes. meaning that the first part is much longer and more heavy than the second. The distance between the frets are smaller higher up the neck. but the stretch from 7th to 10th fret (with capo on 5th fret) might be quite comfortable. until you can play the stretch without the capo. Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07. Again. 3rd. and the second with a more straight feel.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . Another way to vary the shuffle. while all downstroke give you a more even and straight sound. You can either play alternating down.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .and up-strokes as done in the recorded example mentioned above. giving a more straight feel.Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Are your fingers "too short" for the stretch? Use capo! The shuffle requires a stretch that some players find hard. you can create different grooves. In Chuck Berry style and in more modern heavy rock style. In Chuck Berry's style. But a good way to practise these stretches is to put on a capo in 2nd. where the first verse is played with a heavy shuffle.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/4-shuffle_in_E. one will typically use down-strokes only. By varying the ratio between the first and second part of the beet. and one can have the feeling that the fingers are too short. Go to the Next lesson for a 12-bar shuffle blues written out in tab. Move the capo down one fret at the time. A stretch from 2nd to 5th fret might be somewhere from very hard to almost impossible.torvund. 4th or whatever fret that makes it comfortable.

I have been faithful to the shuffle throughout the piece. and it will often sound better. 7th and 9th fret. http://www. It is easier to play.01.E-Shuffle Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File As always when we are playing in the key of E.E-Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Lesson 4B: Blues Guitar . You may prefer to play the B7as it is written to the right. But you do not have to do that.2005 04:02:21 .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle.asp (1 of 2)07. This is the way Eric Claptonusually plays when he is playing acoustic blues in E. then you continue with A7as you played in bar 5 and 6. why should not we do it? If you play this B7. you do not go up to 5th. In the arrangement above. the B7gives us some challenges. If he can.Blues Guitar .

01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/E-shuffle.torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .E-Shuffle Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .asp (2 of 2)07.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:21 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .

But they fit nicely together.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle.asp (1 of 2)07. Combine them. but very effective lick and an equally simple but strong rhythm pattern under your belt.2005 04:02:23 . they work well on their own.torvund. Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Now you should have a simple.Blues Guitar . As I hope you have seen. and you are ready for prime time.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . (HL660052) See more info. Dvd.Blues Guitar . Size 9x12 inches. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters . Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work.5 inches... Signature Licks Licks DVD. 48 pages. DVD (Digital Video Disc). By learning the secrets of his technique.3x7. See more info.Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin. Performed by Muddy Waters. By Bob Margolin. Published by Hal Leonard. Size 5.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/HoochieShuffle.01.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab).Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:23 ..torvund. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . you can get your own mojo working for you.The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Order from: Muddy Waters .Muddy Waters DVD SheetmusicPlus Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the roots of this MusicRoom Classic American song form.. Published by Hal Leonard.

A-shape and Middle D-shape. Here we get a little bit into chord substitution. If you take a sidestep to my Harmonized fretboard lesson. you can move the closed A patterns two frets up. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Experiment with it! 12 bar blues . and we play C instead of the A7. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A/C# (F#m7) G D/F# (Bm7) C You might prefer not to play the middle note.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . As usual. E6 and E7 shuffle (and the similar in A). The fingerings for the A/C# (F#m7). 3rd and 4th strings in 2nd fret. In this progression. you will find a discussion of these sonic shapes. Play these chords as closed position chords => do not play any open strings. we play D (or Bm7) instead of the A6. Then we move the chord up to a G. D (Bm7) and C are shown below. but now played with the 3rd finger. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. I prefer to play the A-chord as a partial barré with 1st finger fretting 2nd. It takes some time to get this position to sound good: To fret three strings in a way that gives you a clear tone. Instead of E6.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We can build on the E. just the two on the outer strings.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle. The /C# means that you are playing a C# as bass note. but extend it to chords. It takes some time to get this right.asp (1 of 3)07. you might play an A/C# chord. Over the A-chord. But you might also just go out of the harmonized shuffle and play a more simple pattern over the B7 chord. the B7 gives us some trouble. Middle minor shape. If you want to continue the harmonized shuffle. G. Again you play them as closed position chords. But we will not discuss that in this lesson.Blues Guitar . we do not play the 1st string. so it does not really matter if you touch it with your 1st finger.torvund. played as an E-chord moved up to 4th/5th fret. The chord might be also be written as F#m7.01. labeled E/Am shape. I also prefer to play the C-chord as a similar partial barré. and at the same time not touch the 1st string.Harmonized shuffle in E http://www. which again means that you are playing the chord in first inversion. In this harmonized shuffle.2005 04:02:26 .

Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle.Blues Guitar .01.2005 04:02:26 .asp (2 of 3)07.torvund.

and not the blues as such. Includes tab and notation. It explores shuffle.net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund. As the name says.asp (3 of 3)07. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Texas. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . the book focuses on the shuffle. country. As the name says.The I .01. the book focuses on the shuffle.Blues Guitar . Kansas City.IIIb progression. it can be labeled a I-IV-IIIb progression..IV and I . (HL695005) See more info. Material for further exploration the shuffle.IV .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.IIIb . West Coast.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . it will take you through various blues progressions. and not the blues as such.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . and bebop blues. Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. or if we shift the order. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/5-The_harmonized_shuffle. This chord progression is discussed in my lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World . and covers Delta. New Orleans.2005 04:02:26 . boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. a I-IIIb-IV progression. Chicago.Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle If we look at the harmonized shuffle as a chord progression.

E6 .A6 . and to get E7. So it is better to slide the whole chord up from 1st to 2nd fret.2005 04:02:29 . B7 is difficult. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.A7 Retailers: I often start with open 3rd string as a pick-up note. Personally I like this new voicing better.E6 . but it is a matter of context and of taste. You can have the same kind of minor .Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie This is another variation of the shuffle. you fret 2nd string 3rd fret. 12 bar blues . fingered as discussed in Blues Guitar lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E. but the fingering is more difficult. hammering on to 1st fret. E . To get E6. a fingering that leaves your 4th finger free.major change. Look in the tabulature for this. You should know both. you fret 2nd string 2nd fret. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07. I think of it as typical for the playing of Brownie McGhee. It gives you a change from Em to E Over the A-chord we have the same movement. once again with the 4th finger doing all the work on 1st string.E7 A .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.torvund. Now the movement E . so we do not care about this chord now. Note that this gives you another voicing of the E7 chord than the one shown in the first lesson.E7 is played on the treble strings.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .01. but he fingerpicks with a monotone bass.Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We start with an E-chord.Treble shuffle in E If you like the site.

(HL695005) See more info. country. Includes tab and notation..Blues Guitar . West Coast.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.asp (2 of 3)07. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.01. As the name says.torvund. and covers Delta. Kansas City. the book focuses on the shuffle. and not the blues as such. Rhythm Playing http://www..2005 04:02:29 .Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Download Finale File PDF-File Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. it will take you through various blues progressions. Chicago. Texas. and bebop blues. It explores shuffle. New Orleans. and not the blues as such. As the name says. the book focuses on the shuffle.

net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .2005 04:02:29 .01.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks: Boom Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/6-The_Treble_shuffle.

asp (1 of 3)07. and that is why I have called it Boom Boogie.01. I have included a few variations. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Boom Boogie Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.2005 04:02:30 .torvund.Blues Guitar .Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . The first is one that reminds me of the playing of John Lee Hooker.Muddy Boogie There are many variations of the shuffle. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

01. Includes 'Boom Boom'.asp (2 of 3)07. (Follow the link to artist for more information). Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions.. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. vocal melody. John Lee Hooker: . 9x12 inches.torvund. With guitar tablature.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker. standard notation. Blues. lyrics.. guitar notation legend. chord names.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks. John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With...2005 04:02:30 . Format: guitar tablature songbook. series. you can get this book. Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks.Play Guitar With. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www. Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No HL660169 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order from: John Lee Hooker . For guitar and voice.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks Boom Boogie Download Finale File For more on John Lee Hooker's playing.. introductory text and performance notes. 112 pages.Blues Guitar . performed to simulate the original recordings.. 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'. See more info. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists.

01.torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/7-Some_other_shuffle_licks.asp (3 of 3)07.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net I appreciate comments http://www.Muddy Boogie Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .2005 04:02:30 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Blues Guitar .

In this sequence of chords you are coming from E to E7. They will "always" (there is no really "always" or "never" in blues) take place in bar 11 of a 12 bar blues. 3rd fret. and you once again land on the I chord. We pick up from where we left in lesson 3.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce. and land on the I chord in the first beat of bar 11. But before we do that. it starts form the I chord at beat 1 of bar 11 and ends on another I chord at the first beat of bar 12. you should know where the turnaround licks takes place. We use the same fingering of the E7 as we used in the Treble Shuffle.Muddy Boogie Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.A . The turnaround lick takes place on 2nd. What fingering to choose depends on where you are coming from and where you are going. give me your vote: E7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites A A / Am Am The sequence of chords is (E) . There is no correct way to finger one specific chord. you only have to move your fingers a little bit. and continue with a sequence of chords in bar 11. and this is easy.A7 and then land on E. 2nd and 3rd finger. 3rd and 4th finger. A and Am. you only have to lift your pinky if you finger the chords as described.01. 3rd and 4th beat of bar 11. you will have to reposition the entire hand. you will have to reposition your hand once more. this time in the first beat of bar 12. But on the second beat of bar 11 you take off for something to make the ending more interesting. But when you go from E7 to A. If you finger the A-chord as you would normally do. The key to a fluent playing of the sequence is the fingering of the A-chord. You change from E to E7 just by adding the 4th finger on 2nd string. If you finger the A-chord as you would usually do. with 1st.torvund. it makes your playing more fluent.E7 .Am . but in this particular chord sequence. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have discussed the turnaround chord. as indicated in the A / Am diagram.(E).A Turnaround Chord Sequence Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Retailers: If you like the site. you should finger the A-chord with your 2nd. If you to it this way. as shown in the diagram.. You come down from the V7 -IV7 chords in bar 9 and 10.2005 04:02:33 . More on Blues Turnarounds http://www.Blues Guitar .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (1 of 2)07. In this lesson we will look closer at the chord sequence that we used in The Harmonized Shuffle in E. by going back to the position you just left. But I am sure you know that there is more to the turnaround than just the ending chord. Note the fingering of these chords. These chords are A7. The fingering of the A-chord might feel awkward. When you continue to the Am. In E this means that you play B7 .

Blues Guitar - A Turnaround Chord Sequence

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks - Muddy Boogie

Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/8-A_Turnaround_Chord_Seqeunce.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:33

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E
Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

So far we have been playing turnarounds as chords only, and we have only used one chord sequence. There are many more you can use. But I am sure you know that there are many turnaround licks, played as more or less melodic runs. You should learn as many turnaround licks as possible. In the long run it is boring if you use only one turnaround for all your songs. And they are building blocks for solos.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
This one is hard to read, but easy to play. You only strum the chords, until you come to the turnaround.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Turnaround licks in E

12 bar blues in E with turnaround
PDF-File

Turnarounds in E (not edited yet)
Download Finale File Order from: Blues Turnarounds A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. By Dave Rubin and Rusty SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Zinn. Guitar Educational. Book and CD package. With notes and tablature. Size 9x12 inches. 40 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info... ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe - 101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. McCabe's 101 Series. Blues. Level: Multiple Levels. Book/CD package. Licks and phrases. Size 8.75x11.75. 48 pages. Published by Mel Bay Pub., Inc. See more info... ToC No MB95360BCD Review:

More on Blues Turnarounds
q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar - Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds - the turnaround chord Blues Guitar - Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar - Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1

q q q

Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2

Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Further references Ls:G1 1998-08, Ls:GP 2000-03

Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/9-Turnarounds_in_E.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:35

Blues Guitar - Fill In

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1
Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

You have of course noticed that turnaround-like licks are not only played at the end of each verse, but at the end of each line. I call these licks at the end of the first and second line Fill in licks. They are basically the same as turnaround licks, and takes place in the same position in the line: They start from a I-chord at the first beat of the third bar of each line, and end on a I-chord on the first beat of the last bar of each line. The last three bars of the last bar varies, according to which line it is. In the first line we go to a I7 chord, on the second line we stay at the I chord, and as we already know: The last line often ends at a V7 chord.

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

12 bar blues in E with fill ins

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:02:37

Fill In Download Finale File PDF-File Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.Blues Guitar .torvund.2005 04:02:37 .asp (2 of 2)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins.

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Shuffle with fill ins Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:40 .Part 1 In principle all turnaround licks can be used as fill-in licks. It is loosely based on a Robert Johnson's classic.asp (1 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2.01. «Ramblin' on my mind». But some sounds better at the end of a verse. The example show one way to break up the monotony of the shuffle. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. You can of course combine the shuffle with fill-ins.torvund. some sounds better at the end of the first or second line. made famous by Eric Clapton's recordings. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Your ear decide what to choose.

Malted Milk is on of many Robert Johnson classics recorded by Eric Clapton's.asp (2 of 3)07. Stove Pipe Stomp. Robert Johnson . The most famous of Robert Johnson's shuffle recordings is probably Sweet Home Chicago. ToC No HL695264 Review: The Roots Of Robert Johnson Book/CD Set By Stefan Grossman and Woody Mann. The playing of the legendary Delta bluesman.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique. Beware: Many of the songs are included in the "Early Roots ." is more of an instruction series. Follow this link for more material on Robert Johnson's playing. Life Saver Blues · Hambone Willie Newbern Roll And Tumble Blues · Charlie Patton Screamin' And Hollerin' The Blues. With notes and tablature. with detailed breakdown of the songs. My Black Mama · Skip James Devil Got My Woman. See more info. http://www.. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).01. Kokomo Blues · Blind Blake Georgia Bound · Big Bill Broonzy Saturday Night Rub.2005 04:02:40 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Order From: SheetmusicPlus . Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. Size 9x12 inches. But the "Early . Hard Time Killin' Floor. Robert Johnson was firmly rooted in the blues of the 1920s. Solos." set. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Book/CD package. Inc.. Woody and Stefan have transcribed those arrangements that we feel had a great influence on the guitar approach. In this study. 64 pages. Titles include: Scrapper Blackwell Blue Day Blues. technique and style of Robert Johnson. Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard.. Special Rider · Lonnie Johnson Go Back To Your No Good Man. Book and CD package. Stone Pony Blues and 34 Blues. Worryin' You Off My Mind · Willie Brown Future Blues. By Dave Rubin. Performed by Robert Johnson.. M&O Blues · Son House Dry Spell Blues..torvund.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 PDF-File Other examples are Eric Clapton's recordings of Before You Accuse Me and Malted Milk on his Unplugged album.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2.

9x12 inches. instructional text and performance notes. Published by Hal Leonard. Go to Recommended Books for Beginning Blues Gutiar to get some suggestions. See more info. guitar chord diagrams.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.01. chord names. and in particular want some more material for listening and getting the sounds.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/10-fill_ins-2.2005 04:02:40 . I suggest that you get a book/CD set or a video with such material. For guitar. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. guitar notation legend. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom If you think we are going too fast. Blues rock and adult contemporary. lyrics. Bestseller! introductory text. Includes instructional book and examples CD. Series: Hal Leonard . Blues Fill Ins q q Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 10: Fill In Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Acoustic Rock.Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. written by Wolf Marshall. Performed by Eric Clapton.Blues Guitar – Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 (MB95074BCD) Chosen as Book of the month for August 2002.torvund.. guitar tablature. With standard guitar notation. 72 pages. vocal melody..

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E.asp (1 of 2)07.01.Blues Guitar .Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . It is simple. and the Boogie Bass is a good example and a starting point from where you can derive many variations.it depends on how you play and the context. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If you like the site. give me your vote: Retailers: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File http://www.The Boogie Bass line . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Simple Boogie Bass in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . sometimes boring.2005 04:02:42 .torvund.Part 1 Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Many songs are carried by a driving bass-line. sometimes interesting . We can start with a boogie pattern for each chord.

asp (2 of 2)07.01.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 10: Fill In – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E.Part 1 Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .torvund.2005 04:02:42 .

Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 What we really want.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . We play an ascending phrase in the first bar. is a more continuous line.torvund.2005 04:02:44 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Bass Boogie in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Blues Guitar . which we can get if we extend the pattern into a two-bar pattern.asp (1 of 2)07. and a descending in the second.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 1 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Guitar .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-2.2005 04:02:44 .net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.Part 2 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.01.

01.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . But do as we said in lesson 4. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boogie with chords in E New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 It is possible to combine a boogie bass-line with chords. It give you some long stretches with your 4th finger the finger that has to do most of the work. and work on it.Blues Guitar .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.2005 04:02:46 .asp (1 of 3)07.

01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 2 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Part 3 Download Finale File PDF-File Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .2005 04:02:46 .Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (2 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-3.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .2005 04:02:46 .Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 I think of this playing style as typical of John Lee Hooker.asp (1 of 3)07.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Boom Boogie New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . It is the rhythm that is driving his playing.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.01.2005 04:02:49 . and have nick named the example Boom Boogie.

and it is hard to know where to begin.. Format: guitar tablature songbook. See more info.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line ..torvund. 9x12 inches. Order from: Amazon USA Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) John Lee Hooker: . lyrics.01. guitar notation legend. But this is a good collection. standard notation. Blues. ToC No LC10000 Order from: MusicRoom (UK) Amazon USA Order from: John Lee Hooker . performed to simulate the original recordings. Includes 'Boom Boom'.. For guitar and voice.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.2005 04:02:49 . Play along with six of his greatest hits with a Amazon UK specially recorded CD featuring soundalike instrumental tracks. ToC No AM951885 Rhythm Playing http://www. series. With guitar tablature. 112 pages. The matching music book features both guitar tab and standard notation for each song. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. 'Sally Mae' and 'I'm In The Mood'.Play Guitar With. Published by Hal Leonard... John Lee Hooker MusicRoom Play Guitar With. 'Think Twice Before You Go' and 'I'm In The Mood'. ToC No HL660169 John Lee Hooker: . Includes a selection of photographs and an interview in which the blues legend discusses his early years.A Blues Legend Performed by John Lee Hooker.Vital Blues Guitar Authentic tablature transcriptions from the original Detroit recordings of John Lee Hooker's greatest songs.asp (2 of 3)07. 'Boogie Chillen'. as well as chord symbols and complete lyrics for vocalists. introductory text and performance notes.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Material on John Lee Hooker's playing style The Very Best Of John Lee Hooker It is hundreds of John Lee Hooker records on the market. as well as songs such as 'Hobo Blues'. chord names. vocal melody..

Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:49 .Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 4 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-4.01.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 3 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.

a blues giant we will return to later. Muddy Boogie Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund.Part 5 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 This is a boogie that reminds me of Muddy Waters. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5.01.2005 04:02:51 .Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

Kansas City. It explores shuffle. ToC No HL320350 Muddy Waters . 48 pages. Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Rhythm Playing http://www.Deep Blues and Good News By Dave Rubin. West Coast. Texas.3x7.... Dvd. Size 9x12 inches. As the name says. it will take you through various blues progressions.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5. and not the blues as such. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.asp (2 of 3)07. and bebop blues. Performed by Muddy Waters. you can get your own mojo working for you. New Orleans. Size 5. As the name says. Includes tab and notation.Muddy Waters DVD Muddy Waters' guitar style reflects the blues tradition all the way back to the SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom roots of this Classic American song form. By Bob Margolin.. By learning the secrets of his technique..5 inches.. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info. and covers Delta. and not the blues as such. Chicago. the book focuses on the shuffle.torvund. DVD (Digital Video Disc).01. Published by Hal Leonard. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Signature Licks Licks DVD.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. country. the book focuses on the shuffle.Part 5 Download Finale File PDF-File Order from: Muddy Waters .2005 04:02:51 . (HL695005) See more info. (HL660052) See more info. Bob Margolin leads this entire private lesson enlightening the viewer about the secrets of Muddy's solo guitar and ensemble work. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Guitar School (Lessons with exact transcriptions in notes and tab).

Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 4 Further references Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .2005 04:02:51 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Part 5 q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-5.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net I appreciate comments http://www.01.torvund.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6. Trip of the Day New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. (But Day Tripper is not within the 12-bar blues format and have a few more bars and chords). Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:02:53 .Part 6 Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Many songs are based on bass-riffs derived from boogie playing.01.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . This is a 12-bar blues based on the riff from The Beatles' Day Tripper.torvund. You can also hear Eric Clapton playing the same lick with John Mayall in the song What'd I say.Part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .asp (1 of 2)07.

by Wolf Marshall.signature licks Order from: SheetmusicPlus I like the books in the "Signature licks" series.net I appreciate comments http://www. Size 9x12 inches.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 5 Further references Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. They break down songs.Blues Guitar – Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Blues Breakers* Performed by John Mayall. 80 pages.01.R * Can't Buy Me Love * Come Together * Day Tripper * Drive My Car * The End * Everybody's Trying To Be My Baby * Everybody's Got Something To Hide Except Me And My Monkey * Fixing A Hole * Get Back * Getting Better * Good Morning Good Morning.S. Eric Clapton. Guitar Recorded Versions (Authentic note-fornote transcriptions). Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom The Beatles Hits . (HL694896) See more info. and presents the main parts played slow and up to tempo.S.. With notes and tablature. MusicRoom The songs are: All My Loving * And I Love Her * And Your Bird Can Sing.asp (2 of 2)07. * A Hard Day's Night * Help! * Helter Skelter * Hey Bulldog * I Feel Fine * I Saw Her Standing There * I Want You (She's So Heavy) * I Want To Hold Your Hand * I'm Down * I've Just Seen A Face * If I Needed Someone * Get Back * The End (HL695049) The Beatles 1 There is of course a book that goes with the No 1 record. HL690489 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.2005 04:02:53 .Part 6 Download Finale File PDF-File John Mayall with Eric Eric Clapton .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks . * Back In The U.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/11-Boogie_bass_in_E-6. Published by Hal Leonard..Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .

I think of this style as typical of Acoustic Texas Blues Guitar. and you will never loose the skill. either as quarter notes on the beat or some kind of a shuffle.2005 04:02:56 . but now I usually play without. But we are playing blues. Experiment. and find out what you prefer.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. and in my opinion. but it also stiffens your hand. Many electric blues players fingerpicks. The natural movement of the fingers is to grip.Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass .asp (1 of 3)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Monotone Bass in E If you like the site. not classical guitar. This playing technique gives you a steady rhythm and a harmonic back bone. I used to play with a thumb pick. We start with the monotone bass technique. But suddenly it works. In this lesson we will take a first look into blues fingerpicking.Rocking Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Fingerpicking makes it easier to play more than one line at the time.torvund. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. When playing the bass notes on open strings. Many players support their picking hand by resting their little finger on the guitar top. Many players use a thumb pick when playing in this style. the rest of the fingers follows and vice versa. If you are not used to fingerpicking. To get a good rhythm.01.Blues Guitar . or play with a combination of flatpicking and fingerpicking. You play a steady bass. you must apply some right hand damping (see Lesson 4). you can move quite freely around the fingerboard. Mance Lipscomb is the player to start with.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Big Bill Broonzy (not a Texas player) etc. But it is harder to get a strong attack and a driving rhythm. To learn the basic technique is almost as learning to ride a bicycle: In the beginning it seems almost impossible to keep the balance on the two wheels. It is not without reason that this playing technique is a No-No among classical guitar players. it becomes second nature. you will probably have some difficulties getting the fingers on you right hand to work independent of each other. Remember that fingerpicking is not only for acoustic guitar. The only solution to the problem is practice. Then you can move on to Lightnin' Hopkins. It might help to give a more forceful attack. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. and we might give higher priority to a driving rhythm. When you move the thumb.

q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . illustrated tips.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 ... and end tags.. Published by Amsco. More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman.torvund.asp (2 of 3)07. and it takes time to develop this. chromatic runs and hot licks. blues vibrato. plus standard notation and tablature. G-Boogie .8bar blues in A . D. Galbo. Beginning Blues Guitar. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: . With graded exercises. that does not get disturbed by what the other fingers are doing. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File Start by getting a steady bass line. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M. G. (SG95289VX) See more info. walking bass.. SG98503BCD See more info. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system. This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique. This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons. In support of the book's contents. and F. Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C. Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes. Book and CD. the hammer-on and pull-off. but a necessary step on the way to learn fingerpicking.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.. A.strengthening exercises.. Fingerstyle Blues. single-string runs. the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note.Blues Guitar . You must have a rock solid thumb.2005 04:02:56 .01. Focused lessons include: finger.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. phrase-by-phrase instruction.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking. syncopated bass. E. 96 pages. It is boring. and counterpoint lines.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Bestseller! See more info.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.

An introduction to blues fingerpicking q Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Alternating bass.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:02:56 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-blues_fingerpicking.Rocking Baby Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See See Rider Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line – Part 6 Lesson 12 B: Monotone Bass .01.

2005 04:02:59 .Blues Guitar .torvund. you can try to add some melody notes. add a turnaround. Start with adding a single note here and there. Rocking Baby is an example on how you can combine some melody notes with a monotone bass. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 12 B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When the bass is going.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. you will often hear that the bass stops.An introduction to blues fingerpicking Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . But keep it simple. But the basic principle applies here as in so many other aspects of our lives: Learn how to follow the rules before you start to break them. and make sure that the bass is going steady. Rocking Baby New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.01. When you listen to people who are playing in this style. etc.

01. PDF-File More on Basic Blues Fingerpicking http://www. It is a variation of the "Lightnin' Hopkins lick". I use to call it the «Lightnin' Hopkins lick».torvund.2005 04:02:59 . For this reason. but to put it apart.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking.asp (2 of 3)07. «Boom Boom lick» This lick is often used in John Lee Hooker's Boom Boom.Blues Guitar .An introduction to blues fingerpicking Download Finale File «Lightnin' Hopkins lick» The turnaround lick in Rocking Baby is typical of Lightnin' Hopkins. I call it the Boom Boom Lick.

the three companion CDs contain three full hours of note-by-note. blues vibrato. Beginning Fingerstyle Blues Guitar by Arnie Berle & M. and F. walking bass.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/12-2_blues_fingerpicking. the hammeron and pull-off. and end tags.. illustrated tips. Bestseller! See more info. In support of the book's contents. ToC No AM71390 Review: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar taught by Stefan Grossman: . This video lesson has been designed to help beginning and intermediate students of fingerpicking blues guitar enhance their playing skills and expand their repertoires using the alternating bass technique.asp (3 of 3)07. Takes you from the fundamentals of fingerpicking to five authentic blues tunes.Blues Guitar . G-Boogie . 96 pages.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Focused lessons include: finger.. plus standard notation and tablature.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Written in standard notation and tabulature with a complete explanation of the tab system.torvund. E. Stefan Grossman illustrates and explains in detail ten fingerstyle arrangements in the keys of C. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G... G. D.01. A.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. single-string runs.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Galbo. Book and CD.2005 04:02:59 . Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order DVD from: Order VHS from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .strengthening exercises. and counterpoint lines. Published by Amsco. Fingerstyle Blues. With graded exercises. Alternating bass. chromatic runs and hot licks. This book offers a comprehensive collection of fingerpicking guitar lessons.net I appreciate comments http://www.. (SG95289VX) See more info.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Beginning Blues Guitar.. syncopated bass. SG98503BCD See more info.8bar blues in A .An introduction to blues fingerpicking Order From: Fingerpicking Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Stefan Grossman.

torvund. by the way. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: (I have to re-write this into English notation. it does not make sense. As long as there was only one man and his guitar. In Norway. You can find 8.asp (1 of 3)07.Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass . Now we will play it as a 16-bar blues.2005 04:03:03 . and many songs will not fit into any of these formats.) If you like the site.Rocking Baby Lesson 14: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .16-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . the theme would be Bb-A-C-B. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. we simply repeat the second line.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues. and the English Bb is B. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar We have played See See Rider as a 12-bar blues. 16 (to types) and 24 bar forms.16 bar instrumental in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Power Chords The 12-bar format is the most common blues form. In this 16-bar form. As the note H does not exist in English. This is. The H7 means B7.Blues Guitar .he was a master improviser) a fugue based on the theme created by his name: B-A-C-H. give me your vote: See See Rider . he could add or omit a bar or two without causing problems for any others. but there are many others. the reason why English speaking people cannot understand the story about Johann Sebastian Bach writing (or improvising . and then the whole point of the story has gone.01. the note that is B in English is named H. as in Germany. In English.

torvund.16-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.01.asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:03:03 .

but the chord usually does not sound good with the 7th in the bass. It is a note that belongs to the E7.8bar blues in A . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 12 B: Monotoen Bass .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .16-bar blues There are many new challenges in this arrangement. and it will crash very hard with the G# in the E and E7 chords. We will come back to these chords in the lessons xx and The moveable D/D7 shape. we get E and E7. Alternating bass. G-Boogie .2005 04:03:03 . you cannot play the 4th and 5th string.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07. The 4th string is a D. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. When you play E and E7 in these positions.01.Rocking Baby Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13-16_bar_blues.Power Chords Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. E E7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . The 5th string is A. First we have to take a look at some moveable chords.net I appreciate comments http://www. You should notice that many turnaround licks starts in this E7 position. If we move the standard D and D7 chord up two frets.

Blues Guitar . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Muddy's Son of a Boogie Retailers: If you like the site. with the chords E(5) .asp (1 of 3)07. Listen to Hoochie Coochie Man and Mannish Boy for two examples. He was discovered by the musicologist Alan Lomax in 1941 and became one of the giants of the blues. But he moved to Chicago.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions. And repeat the The "Hoochie Coochie Lick" in the first lessons in this series. The example is based on some of his riffs.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and the music moved with him.torvund.A5-G5-E(5). You can find a little bit more in my Power Chord lesson.01. His playing shows the development from the Delta to the City. and some other application of the same chord progression in the lesson A Green Onion After Midnight will Change the World. Muddy Waters or McKinley Morganfield that was his real name. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. grew up in the Mississippi Delta. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. if you do not remember it.Power Chords Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this lesson we will take a brief look at some Power Chords. both in my Chord Progression series (The lessons are overlapping).2005 04:03:06 .Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .

you have to damp out the 5th string. meaning that you rest one finger on the string to prevent it from ringing. Gig Savers. go to: http://www. ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords. Published by Mel Bay Publications.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions.. unsettled sound. and listen to the difference made by the third.Blues Guitar . Level: Beginning. chord book. It is indicated with an X in the diagram. E and Em. Listen to E5. and have some kind of an open. See more info. as they have only two notes. Inc. Rock.asp (2 of 3)07. 16 pages.2005 04:03:06 .A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. Size 5. Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords .Power Chords Download Finale File The 5-chords are often called power chords.01. Strictly speaking. Book.torvund. For Guitar (Electric). You do this by left hand damping. It means that they are neither major nor minor.. the root and the fifth.5x8. When playing G5 as shown in the diagram. they are not proper chords.

Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .torvund.2005 04:03:06 .01.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13B-Smoky_Onions.Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Lesson 13 C: With a Taste of Onion Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Power Chords q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.

2005 04:03:08 . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me With a Taste of Onion Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.torvund.asp (1 of 2)07.

with Steve Cropper on guitar. you get the A5 chord.2005 04:03:08 . Gig Savers.torvund. 7th fret. Inc.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13C-Smoky_Onions.Power Chords Download Finale File PDF-File You can hear the same chords in Green Onion. go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords. and you can choose either the F5-pos played with your 1st finger on 6th string.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen.Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 B Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . played by Booker T and the MGs.. You have to use moveable positions.Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . For Guitar (Electric). If you play the F5-pos in 5th fret.01. Size 5. 16 pages. Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks . Rock. Published by Mel Bay Publications. or the Bb5-pos with 1st finger on 5th string 2nd fret.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .5x8.Blues Guitar . the B-chord gives us some difficulties. chord book. F5-pos Bb5-pos Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords . ToC No MB20026 Review: For more on Powerchords. See more info.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions ..Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. As usual. Book. Level: Beginning.asp (2 of 2)07.

Rock. which is one of the classic power-chord tunes. but I will nevertheless include it. Book and CD package.torvund. If you like the site.. It is based on The Kinks You Really Got Me.Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A . Published by Hal Leonard. I have made up a bass-theme derived from the smoky original. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Power Chords Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. See more info. Inc. chord book.. ToC No MB20026 Review: The Kinks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Styles and Techniques of Dave and Ray Davies.01. Book.5x8. Performed by The Kinks.asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:03:11 .Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . ToC No HL695553 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK http://www. See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions. 16 pages. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).introduction You Nearly Got Me This is not blues. By Dave Rubin. With notes and tablature. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Size 9x12 inches.. Gig Savers. For Guitar (Electric). Size 5.Blues Guitar . 64 pages. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Download Finale File Fog on the Water The last example is based on the song that drives every music store employee mad:Deep Purple's Smoke On The Water. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File Order from: Gig Savers: Power Chords .. Level: Beginning.

net I appreciate comments http://www.Greatest Hits A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Guitar Style and Techniques of Ritchie Blackmore..2005 04:03:11 .Blues Guitar . See more info.asp (2 of 2)07.introduction Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. With notes and tablature..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/13D-Smoky_Onions. Size 9x12 inches.Power Chords Lesson 14: Blues in A . Power 4 chords q q Blues Guitar: Smokey Metal and Muddy Onions Progressions: Onion After Midnight q q Progressions: With A Taste of Onion Books on Power Chords Rhythm Playing q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson techniques Blues Guitar Lesson Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson Blues Guitar Lesson Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson shuffle 3B: Damping 4: The Shuffle 4B: E-Shuffle 4C: The Hoochie 5: The harmonized q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .Power Chords Deep Purple . By Troy Stetina.01. ToC No HL695625 Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK For more on Powerchords. Published by Hal Leonard.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line . Book and CD package. Performed by Deep Purple.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions .Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 13 C Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions . go to: q q Chords: Power 5 chords Chords.torvund.

but we will return to the key later. We will start looking at blues scales in this key.01. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund.2005 04:03:14 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar A is also a good key for soloing.asp (1 of 3)07. But first we must make sure that we know the chords and the basic chord progressions. The key of A is another favorite key for blues guitar players.Blues Guitar . In A we will not run into the same kind of trouble as we did in E each time we were coming to the B7 chord. In A the three basic chords are: I=A (A7). Bestsellers New Books Newsletter 12 bar blues Type 1 in A The 12-bar blues progression 1 in A. IV=D(7) and V7 is E7. with turnaround chord. is: Retailers: 12 bar blues Type 2 in A If you like the site.Blues in A .Lesson 14: Blues in A . One advantage of the key is that you have the root of all basic chords on open strings. give me your vote: From this you do of course understand that the blues progression 2 will be like this: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.introduction Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill We will leave the key of E for a while.introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .

which makes them boring as listening track. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.Blues in A . and as backing tracks. They are long 10-15 minutes.introduction There is only one new chord. This new chord is D7. Use them to get the sound of the cords. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb 12-bar blues http://www.2005 04:03:14 .12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1.torvund. 90 and 120). 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . But we will come back to other voicings in a blues context in future lessons. but good for practise. For more information.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. D7 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track .12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. Download all files as a zip-file. For more information.Blues Guitar . There are many ways to finger the D7 chord. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.01. Download all files as a zip-file. You find some examples here. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . but I include it just to be sure. I guess that you know it. For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.asp (2 of 3)07. as we are following the circle of fifths from key to key.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. For more information. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro.

2005 04:03:14 .introduction q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .torvund.Blues in A .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14-Blues_in_A-intro.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Blues Guitar . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .01.net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.

Blues Guitar .01. In fact the most well known tune after Blue Suede Shoes that is often credited Carl Perkins.torvund.2005 04:03:16 .Blues in A . and you will hear some of it.Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 14: Blues in A .introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This arrangement reminds me of Carl Perkins (who. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. But Roackabilly is very much blues based. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Listen to his version of Matchbox. wrote Blue Suede Shoes).introduction Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. is a tune originally by Blind Lemon Jefferson. Carl Perkinsis not a blues guitarist.asp (1 of 3)07. among other things. Blind Lemon Jefferson recorded the tune many years before Carl Perkins was born.

BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .75. Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Amazon UK 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Blues in A . 40 pages.2005 04:03:16 . Size 8.. 1950s. Grossman Audio. (SG98512BCD) See more info. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .torvund.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Rhythm Playing http://www.introduction Moderate tempo Faster PDF-File I have recorded the tune at a modreate tempo and at a faster tempo.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill. Level: Intermediate.asp (2 of 3)07. Rockabilly Guitar by Fred Sokolow.. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. so you should experiment.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.75x11.Blues Guitar . The character will change with different tempos. Book/CD package.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .

Muddy Boogie Lesson 11: The Boogie Bass line .torvund.01.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.Boom Boogie Blues Guitar Lesson 7B: Some other shuffle licks .Blues in A .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/14B-A-Rocking Bill.introduction q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 3B: Damping techniques Blues Guitar Lesson 4: The Shuffle Rhythm Blues Guitar Lesson 4B: E-Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 4C: The Hoochie Coochie Shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 5: The harmonized shuffle q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 6: The Treble shuffle Blues Guitar Lesson 7: Some other shuffle licks .asp (3 of 3)07.introduction Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 q q q q Lesson 13 B: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 C: Smoky Metal and Muddy Onions Power Chords Lesson 13 D: You Nearly Got Me On The Foggy Water Books and videos on Rhythm Guitar Lesson 14: Blues in A .2005 04:03:16 .

We will not run into the same kind of problems as we did in E each time we had to play the B7-chord. This time we will work with the Blues progression 2. But just to be sure. the 4th string is D (IV) and the 6th string is E (V). we go another round with only the bass notes. I assume that your thumb has got some independence. The 5th string is A (I). now in the key of A.01.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar As said in the previous lesson.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Monotone Bass in A Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:03:19 .Blues Guitar . one advantage of the key of A is that we have the root of each chord on open strings.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A.

asp (2 of 2)07.torvund.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .01.2005 04:03:19 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Alternating bass.net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15-monotone_bass_in_A.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Blues Guitar . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 14B: Rocking Bill Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

which is nothing but a turnaround phrase played as an intro.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Note that I have included an intro.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 2)07. which should give you some challenges.torvund.2005 04:03:21 .01. But we move on to an arrangement called Betty Blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A.Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Happy Traum: Blues Guitar This should not be to difficult. The actual turnaround in the arrangement is one that is very typical of Robert Johnson. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8bar blues in A .asp (2 of 2)07.2005 04:03:21 .Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15B-monotone_bass_in_A. Alternating bass.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Blues Guitar .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie .

asp (1 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A. then you can (often) move them into other keys. licks etc in one key. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Instrumental in A The next tune is an instrumental in A put together from some standard licks. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Once you have learned positions. you are in the key of A. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. is that many positions are moveable.Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord One of the nice features of the guitar. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.torvund. If you move the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick up 5 frets.2005 04:03:24 .01.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar .

2005 04:03:24 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord http://www.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass. G-Boogie .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.torvund.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar .asp (2 of 3)07.01.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

net I appreciate comments http://www.Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/15C-monotone_bass_in_A.torvund.2005 04:03:24 .asp (3 of 3)07.

Blues Guitar . 3rd fret to get A7. I have thrown in many challenges. 5th fret to get A and The 2nd finger on 1st string.The "Long A" chord Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Retailers: A A7 In the arrangement of Going Down Slow.torvund. If you like the site. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The chord shape called the "long A" is very useful.Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. 3 and 4 (and actually 1st string too) with your index finger. The key is to slide a partial barré over 2nd. Then you can put you 4th finger on 1st string.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. (as was in fact the turnaround in the previous lesson's Betty Blues as well). You fret strings 2. 3rd and 4th string from 1st to 2nd fret. Then you see that you can alter easily between A and A7. The intro is a turnaround lick based on the Long A.2005 04:03:29 . and you have a few nice licks right under your fingers. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.asp (1 of 4)07.01.

The "Long A" chord Download Finale File PDF-File The first bar of the 12-bar blues is built around the long A.Blues Guitar .torvund. http://www.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A. Again it is a Blues progression 2.asp (2 of 4)07. but in bar 2 we go to a D9 chord.2005 04:03:29 . fingered as a moveable C7-shape.

A (where the open E-string will be the 5th of the chord). The last one is not easy to label. but I think of it more as a lick than a series of chords. Now the open E-strings (1st and 6th) are the root.01. but it does not sound very good. but I will call it Bm7. which is the 3rd of the C chord. You actually play an descending blues scale in the Long A position. You do actually get a series of chords here too. You have the E at the 6th string as well. be moved up and down the neck. F#/Gb . As shown in the diagram. we play no open strings. When I say usually it means that we can use some open strings in some positions. You can read more about the challenges of naming the m7 chords in the lesson on the I-ii http://www. etc.2005 04:03:29 . The lick in bar 7 is really tricky. It will usually have no open strings. the next is a partial F7 (or Adim). then with your 3rd and finally with your 4th finger. which you should finger with 1st and 2nd finger. The trick is to fret the 1st string 5th fret first with your 1st finger. In bar 9 and 10 we use the Moveable C7-shape again. (For an explanation of the 9th chord. The turnaround is basically the same as the fill-in in bar 3. Go up two more steps. and you have the E7.The "Long A" chord A moveable chord can. We start with an E7. G. and you see how it smoothly changes to A7. and then we move down two frets to D7. It gives an E. you can use the open 1st string. Then comes a fill in lick. as the name indicates. G#/Ab. The first is A. In D7. which gave us a D9.Blues Guitar . which we of course can play with the chord. That is why it is called the C7-shape When payed in this position. Just keep the A-chord in the beginning. fingered with 1st finger at 1st fret. it is a C7 chord. but here you have to be careful with your fingering to play it smooth. and move them down until you come to the "long A" again. You can continue up the neck to F.torvund. If you move it up two frets.asp (3 of 4)07. We do however play the open 1st string in this bar. go to xxxx). you get a D7. even if it belongs to the chord.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.

The "Long A" chord progression A Notice that it is the sonic shapePartial F F7 (or Adim) Notice that it is the sonic shape D7 Bm7 This is the sonic shape Middle D Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01.asp (4 of 4)07. Alternating bass.8bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 15 C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/16-Long_A.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. G-Boogie .2005 04:03:29 .net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.

Blues Guitar . D7. just play the D7 If you like the site. So the same chord can be labeled Cdim7. The main lick is a shuffle on 2nd and 3rd string. or as part of D7 and A(7). no matter what you choose as root. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A D A7 D7 Retailers: Adim7 D7 F7 Instrumental break to Betty Blues Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. D#dim7 or Adim7. If you find it too difficult. F7 and then Adim7 one more time. you just move the whole lick up 5 frets.Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Look at it as part of an A chord and part of a D-chord. It is a very useful lick.01. And you will se from the tab that you slide the lick down at the end of each bar. Note that you do not move the 3rd and 4th finger through the changes. give me your vote: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. you get the main positions for The Beatles' Doctor Robert Over the D-chord. If you play the A7fragment on 3rd and 4t string. It is some kind of a "pre-turnaround". In bar 10 there is a sequence of chords instead of just the D7 chord.torvund. Just for confusion: The dim7 is a symmetric chord.asp (1 of 3)07. The chords are Adim7.a simplified blues scale The next arrangement is Betty Blues. and then the D at the same string.2005 04:03:34 .A shuffle solo Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo. It is a minor third between the notes. and you will often hear it in rockabilly music.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.A shuffle solo http://www.Blues Guitar .01.torvund.asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:03:34 .

8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net I appreciate comments http://www.A shuffle solo Download Finale File PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues in A .a simplified blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.01. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.torvund.2005 04:03:34 . G-Boogie . Alternating bass.Blues Guitar . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/17-A_shuffle_solo.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .

3b=minor 3rd. and play the box from 2nd to fifth fret. The third box I will present in this box is box position 4O. I add an "O" to indicate that we now have open strings (and it is really not a box. I call this box position box position 1. 1=root. you can play in any key just by moving the whole box up or down the neck.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. 2nd on 6th (no notes on sixth fret here.2005 04:03:36 .Blues Guitar .torvund. It has a 3b.01. An open string position is not moveable. So do not get too confused if you see the same boxes with other numbers.a simplified blues scale Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . I am presenting a few boxes in reverse order. you need to know the minor pentatonic scale. You do of course understand that numbers behind the nut (over the box) indicates note on open strings.at least no standard I am aware of.the blues scale If you want to play a solo. There is no common standard for numbering these boxes . When you have learned this scale in A. These scale box positions are all moveable.Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .The minor pentatonic scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 5 Box 4O http://www. Use one finger for each fret: 1st finger on 5th fret. When playing scales. We move down. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now the number in the diagram no longer refers to fingers. but they will come). but to the note of the scale counted up from the root. And it consists of only 5 tones. but I keep the label). 4=fourth. Retailers: A-pentatonic Box position 1 If you like the site. try to keep your hand movement at a minimum.asp (1 of 3)07. and there are 5 boxes in total. that is why it is called penta-tonic (penta=five) Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.often known as box position spans over 4 frets. give me your vote: Don't get too confused by the fact that I am labeling the next box as box position 5. which makes it a minor scale. The scale position . 3rd finger on 7th fret and 4th finger on 8th fret. 5=fifth and 7b=minor seventh.

and it will forgive every mistake you make. and the second is Blues Progression 2. They are long 10-15 minutes. You do not have to start with hearing the box 5 MIDI first each time. you can set the number of the bar you want to start from. Use them to get the sound of the cords.01. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.The minor pentatonic scale If you want the scale written out in tabulature. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. For more information. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . I have included two Band-InA-Box files (have you downloaded the Free Player?). Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . and/or be able to hear it as a MIDI file.Blues Guitar . and practising scales on your own is boring. They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. For more information. For more information. go to the Finale versions. I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before Backing Track .torvund. in case you have not discovered it already. For more information. You need to practice these scales. but good for practise. Download all files as a zip-file.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .asp (2 of 3)07. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. It is more fun to have living musicians to play with .12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. the first is Blues Progression 1. Both are 8 choruses of slow 12 bar blues in A.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . Now it is time to tell.the blues scale http://www.2005 04:03:36 .12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . that in the Finale files.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a. and as backing tracks. But the Finale files are more patient. which makes them boring as listening track. Download all files as a zip-file. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. 90 and 120).

2005 04:03:36 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/18-The_minor_pentatonic_scale-a.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .The minor pentatonic scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.net I appreciate comments http://www.

We can add a few notes to the pentatonic minor.2005 04:03:40 .Blues Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale. Full Bloom 1and Full Bloom 2.Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . In the previous lesson.Blue notes .a simplified blues scale One feature that makes blues interesting.torvund. In the diagram. you will find three of Andy Ellis'lessons from Guitar Player Magazineon TruefireThese are downloadable PDF and MP3 files.blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar . It is a minor scale.the blues scale Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . Add it to the scale. the 5bare marked as blue circles. but it is usually played over major chords. Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale A- A- A- blues .a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .box 1 blues -box 5 Michael Bloomfieldused a lot of flatted fifths (and chromatic notes) in his playing. despite it's simple form. The 3band 7bnotes might be raised to a 3or 7. we looked at the minor pentatonic scale.40: Chromatic Bloomfield. is the unsettled tonality. You can also bend or hammer-on the 4thand by this raising it so a 5b. costing from $ 1 to $ 2. sometimes as hammer-onand sometimes as normal fretted notes.box 4O blues . or 5bnote. to make it a proper blues scale. Sometimes you will do it with a bend. and it gets more character.asp (1 of 2)07. If you want to look a little closer on his playing style. Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .a simplified blues scale Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale http://www.the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . The first note is the flatted fifth.

blues scale Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blue notes .2005 04:03:40 .asp (2 of 2)07.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/19-The_Blue_notes-the_blues_scale.torvund.

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We have already done what I am going to explain in this lesson. We will look more into relations between scales and chords later. we had a difficult descending run in bar 7.The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . The numbering starts to get confusing. The change from Long A to A7 is just the beginning of this scale lick. The black circles with numbers indicates the fingering of the Long A.2005 04:03:43 . Now we will only look at the relation between Long A and A minor pentatonic scale and A-blues scale.a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.the blues scale Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and play some scale licks.Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . If you go back to the arrangement of Going Down Slow from lesson 16. but it is not as difficult as it may look. Retailers: Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale . This is the A minor pentatonic box 5 played from a Long A chord. give me your vote: q q q Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Home Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . The numbers in red an blue circles indicates the scale degree of the note. Just keep the partial barré with your first finger. both in Box 5 position.torvund.asp07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/20-Long_A_and_blues_scale.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q If you like the site. with indication of which fingers to use. keep the 5th string open (unless you are playing a lick on it).

. box 3 Blues scale. The blues will not rest on a 6th note.Blues scale in E Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Blues Guitar . but now we move it all the way down the neck. and then the same box with all the added notes. E minor pentatonic. 4th fret. Minor pentatonic.asp (1 of 2)07. You will also notice that I have included an alternative fingering of one of the 5ths. ehr.2005 04:03:45 . box 2 Minor pentatonic. and one where I have added all the other notes.torvund. Learn to play the minor pentatonic first. well. in addition to the notes we used in the Ablues scale.. And the answer is something like no. maybe.. I have made two boxes: One with just the E pentatonic minor. This is the blues scale in E. I will first present the minor pentatonic. You can either play it on 3rd string.01. and ask if they do not belong to the scale. You will often hear 6th notes played. box 2 Blues scale.I thought you would recognize that some of the shuffle noteswhere missing. Box 1 I will present two other box-positions in E.. or on the open 2nd string. box 3 I give you the same backing tracks to play with that you have met before http://www. Box 1 E blues scale.. and then try to include the flat 5.. We start with Box 1. and then some bends and some other notes. and it should come as no surprise that these are Box 2and Box 3.. it depends .Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions As we have said. the blues scales are moveable.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E. where it includes open strings. And you may notice that I have added the 6th. but mainly as passing notes.Blues Guitar .

which makes them boring as listening track. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . For more information.12B2 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2. Download all files as a zip-file. Download all files as a zip-file. For more information.Blues scale in E Backing Track . For more information.12B1 These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1. but good for practise.asp (2 of 2)07. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Download all files as a zip-file 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" .2005 04:03:45 . 90 and 120). Use them to get the sound of the cords.torvund. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track .the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. For more information. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Backing Track . go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. and as backing tracks.12B1T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 1 with Turnaround chord. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.Blues Guitar . They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/21-Blues_scale_in_E. go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series.01.12B2T These are MIDI backing tracks of 12-bar Blues progression 2 with Turnaround chord. They are long 10-15 minutes.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.01. I have tried to color-code the boxes. Maybe it helps. I have tried to mark that by making the interior blue and green.Blues Guitar . maybe it only adds to the confusion . I hope you see that dots with two colors belong to more than one box. and it is not too easy to identify each box. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. The boxes are overlapping.2005 04:03:53 . give me your vote: Box 2 Box 3 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Box 4 Box 5 Box 1 Then we apply the same boxes to the key of A http://www. To make it a little bit easier. There is actually one dot that is being used in three different positions...asp (1 of 4)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first set of diagrams is for the key of E Retailers: Box 1 Open If you like the site. I have presented all the boxes in the keys E and A..Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Now it is time to see how these boxes goes together.torvund. while the border is orange. I have isolated each box-position besides the 15 frets diagram.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar .

See more info.torvund. But when you are there. Taught by Bruce Saunders. then you can play the minor pentatonic and the blues scale in all 12 keys. 48 pages. review lesson 19 and lesson 21. Inc. you can go skiing for hours at a nice and comfortable pace. Musicians Institute Press (Instruction taken from the curriculum of MI).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.. If not. ToC No MI695680 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Jazz Pentatonics SheetmusicPlus Advanced Improvising Concepts for Guitar. Private Lessons Series.2005 04:03:53 .Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Box 4 Open Box 5 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 I have not put in any of the blue notes. But you should by now be able to put them into the boxes.75..asp (2 of 4)07. It might take some effort to get there. See more info. Size 8. Licks and Soloing Techniques. 48 pages. Amazon UK For Guitar (All).. the world opens up. You have to go up hill for some time to get to the mountain plateau. When you have learned these five box positions. Jazz. Blues/Rock Soloing for Guitar A Guide to the Essential Scales. Published by Mel Bay Publications. it is tempting to use cross country skiing as a metaphor for the learning curve. Book & CD Package. improvisation.. Size 9x12 inches.01. ToC No MB20416BCD Review: http://www.75x11.Blues Guitar . but when it is done. For a Norwegian. Practise these boxes until you can play them on "auto pilot" while having a conversation. By Robert Calva. With notes and tablature. Level: Intermediate-Advanced. Book/CD Set.

Published by Hal Leonard. Rock. Value Line. latin.Pentatonic Khancepts Scales. With notes and tablature. Size 5. Guitar. blue scales. This book is the natural continuation and completion of the process Steve began in his book Contemporary Chord Khancepts. Book MusicRoom and CD package. See more info. Technique. See more info.5x12 inches. country. See more info. Size 9x12 inches. ToC No CP285 Review: Order from: Rock scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus With Tablature. Size 9x12 inches..Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions . Size 9x12 inches. Published by Mel Bay Pub. Scales. See more info. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Level: Beginning. Hal Leonard Guitar Method. Inc.. 48 pages.2005 04:03:53 . ToC No WB0667B Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Amazon UK Order from: Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus The Essential Guide. all of the modes.01.75.. Pocket Guide. By Chad Johnson. Published by Warner Brothers. For Guitar (Electric). Inc. It covers MusicRoom pentatonic scales. Size 4. plus numerous play-along tracks for you to use as you practice and hone your impovisational skills. Published by Centerstream Publications. and Steve Vai. Rock.75x11. Book.torvund.asp (3 of 4)07. and all types of rock scales. 32 pages. 16 pages. 40 pages. ToC No HL695699 Order from: Gig Savers: Rock Scales . Steve shares his unique approach to improvising for guitarists of all genres . Level: Beginning. Book/CD package.. Scales. Guitar Educational.A Basic Guide SheetmusicPlus by Corey Christiansen. Scales. ToC No HL695013 Order from: Minor Pentatonic Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. With notes and tablature.. Size 4. ToC No HL697235 http://www. Nuno Bettencourt.. In this new book. 48 pages.. ToC No MB20025 Review: Order from: Major Pentatonic Scales For Guitar SheetmusicPlus English Edition. See more info. Pocket Guide. rock & blues.Killer Pentatonics for Guitar SheetmusicPlus Book and CD package. Stevie Ray Vaughan.. (WB0667B) See more info. See more info. Published by Hal Leonard. funk. Published by Hal Leonard.. Scales. Published by Hal Leonard. See more info.Blues Guitar . ToC No HL695014 Order from: Rock Lead Scales for Guitar SheetmusicPlus by Mike Christiansen. Size 9x12 inches. Includes a CD of music examples.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions.5x8. Scales. Frank Zappa... Size 8. See more info. Published by Hal Leonard. ToC No MB96538BCD Order from: Dave Celentano ... By John Stix and Yoichi Arakawa.. Gig Savers.rock.. 48 pages. 16 pages..5x12 inches. technique. Scales. 24 pages.. Also included are tables showing where to find the right scales in any key. featuring those popularized by Jimi Hendrix.. For electric guitar.. jazz and alternative. ToC No HL699164 Order from: The Ultimate Rock Guitar Scale Finder SheetmusicPlus This companion volume to The Ultimate Rock Guitar Chord Finder helps players figure out the Scales if they know the chords.

160 pages. softcover. ToC No AM948805 Review: Order from: Improvising 1 Rock Scale SoloingModern Record Included SheetmusicPlus Fretted instrument method/supplement (Guitar).net I appreciate comments http://www.Practical Pentatonics (Guitar) SheetmusicPlus Practical Pentatonics is an excellent introduction to the pentatonic Amazon UK scales....the blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 20: The relation between the "Long A" chord and the blues scale Blues Guitar Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Blues Guitar Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open D tuning Minor Pentatonic Scale in Open G tuning Books and videos on Scales q q q q q q q q Lesson 21: Blues scale in E Further references Ls:G1 2004-05..a simplified blues scale in A Blues Guitar Lesson 19: The "Blue notes" . ToC Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus Amazon UK No CFHPB8 Blues Scales / Minor Pentatonic Scales Blues Guitar Lesson 18: The minor pentatonic scale .asp (4 of 4)07.5 x 12.Blues Guitar . Kadmon. See more info. string skipping and more. See more info.. ToC No AM931326 Review: Order from: The Gig Bag Book Of Practical Pentatonics For All Guitarists SheetmusicPlus Scales. ToC No WBPMP00003 Review: Pentatonics And Power Chords By A.2005 04:03:53 . 44 pages. 52 pages. By Matt Scharfglass.torvund. guitar.. Buk diagrams the minor and major pentatonic scales in standard notation and tabulature up and down the fretboard. Published by Warner Brothers.01..5 x 12. he introduces some useful techniques such as string bending. Guitar Method. Published by Carl Fischer. After introducing us to the pentatonics. He additionally presents some nice little riffs along with each position.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/22-Pentatonic_boxes_in_all_positions. Mr. arpeggios. Published by Amsco. See more info. Ls:GT 2002-08 Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.. See more info. Published by Amsco.Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Order from: Askold Buk . combining patterns and scales. 4. 4.

Retailers: The next fingering starts from a position where you make a partial barré on 2nd fret over 1st.Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues The D chord is often the first chord people learn to play. this might be a good fingering. The chord shape at the far right is actually a C-shape played over a partial barré in 2nd fret. http://www. 4th fret with your 3rd finger. But this simple chord shape is very useful. It is also easy to move the 1st and 2nd finger across for a simple fingering of the A7 chord.torvund. From there you can get to the D-chord by fretting the 2nd string 3rd fret with you 4th finger. or you can play 2nd fret as part of the barré. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites We start from the last fingering in the row above. you will see that you can make a rather smooth change from D to G and vice versa with this fingering. 2nd and 3rd finger is better. you should see that the C-shape and the D-shape are closely related. If you like the site.01. But usually a fingering with 1st. 2nd and 3rd string. As it is a closed position. you can move it around.2005 04:03:57 . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter We will start with the D7-fingering that was presented in Lesson 14. You can do this while keeping the 4th finger on 1st string 5th fret. If you are changing between D and D7. If you make a side-step to my Fingering of the G-chord lesson. With this chord. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. and then finger 2nd string 3rd fret with 2nd finger. It is a bit hard to finger.The moveable D / D7 shape Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . You can go to 1st string 5th fret with your 4th finger. but it is nice to know.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. Use the same trick as I recommended for the shuffle. move it up some frets if you feel that your fingers are too short.Blues Guitar . This position leaves you with your 3rd and 4th fingers free.asp (1 of 3)07. You can go to 4th string.

so it is really a fraction of this chord.2005 04:03:57 . But the A and D string will not work with this chord (unless you expand it with some of the fingerings shown for the D-chord) I do not indicate any fingering this time. But in this lesson. Chord shuffle lick This is a shuffle lick based on the D-shape. It is of course movable. Add another five frets (starting at 9th fret). This is a closed voicing on inner strings. and their pros and cons.torvund.asp (2 of 3)07. you are in E. you should be able to see the various possibilities. you can of course use the open E-string. Here it is written in D.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. Closed voicing mean that you do not play any open strings. it is the chords and not the fingerpicking that is important.01. You can also notice that it is the chord that we played as part of the harmonized shuffle from the Achord. As an E-chord. Listen to Eric Clapton's unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me for an example where this chord-shape is used in a 12-bar blues in E.The moveable D / D7 shape There is one more fingering I will present. Be careful with open strings when you start to move the chord around. Before You Accuse me and other songs If you want to look more into Eric Clapton'sBefore You Accuse Me and other unplugged blues. and you are in A. Click here for a 12 bar blues in E based on moveable D-shape and Long A in Finale format [not there yet]. This will give us the E or E7 chord. But if you move it up two frets. It gives you the first inversion of the D-chord. From the discussion on fingering of the D-chord. You should notice that it is all within the last chord in the previous row. and you will find an arrangemet based on this chord shape. It is written as a fingerpicking arrangement with monotone bass. Go back to to Lesson 13: 16-bar blues. before we start to move around.Blues Guitar . is up two frets. take a will recommend: http://www. The only move we will do in this lesson.

Transcribed by Jesse Gress. For guitar. lyrics. guitar chord diagrams. vocal melody. See more info. Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. Published by Hal Leonard. chord names. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. instructional text and performance notes. Format: guitar tablature songbook.net I appreciate comments http://www. Performed by Eric Clapton. With standard guitar notation.. For guitar and voice. Includes instructional book and examples CD. guitar notation legend. (HL694869) See more info.. Performed by Eric Clapton.Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07.torvund. guitar tablature. 112 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/23-The_moveable_D-D7_shape. Acoustic Rock. vocal melody.. Bestseller! introductory text. Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Lesson 22: Pentatonic scale boxes in all positions Lesson 24: 8-bar blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Series: Hal Leonard .2005 04:03:57 . written by Wolf Marshall. With standard guitar notation. Published by Hal Leonard. chord names. 9x12 inches. 9x12 inches. Blues rock and adult contemporary. 72 pages. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock. lyrics.. Blues rock and adult contemporary. guitar tablature.The moveable D / D7 shape Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks.01.

but good for practise. and as backing tracks. For more information. The progression has two lines.torvund.8-bar blues Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A The 8-bar blues is another standard progression.asp (1 of 3)07. give me your vote: 8-bar Blues in E Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Download all files as a zip-file. The most well known song with this progression is probably Big Bill Broonzy's Key To The Highway.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . They are in 8 keys and three tempos (65. with the following chord structure: I I New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:03:59 . They are long 10-15 minutes. Other songs are Crow Jane and Sliding Delta. Backing Track B8 These are MIDI backing tracks of 8-bar Blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.Blues Guitar .01. 90 and 120). go to lesson on bluesprogression in the chord progression series. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter V7 V7 IV I IV V7 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar 8-bar blues in E In E this will be: E E B7 B7 A(7) E A(7) B7 Note the use of Moveable D/D7 shape and Long A in the following arrangement of an 8-bar blues in E. Use them to get the sound of the cords. 65 very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb C D Eb E F G A Bb Retailers: If you like the site. which makes them boring as listening track.

asp (2 of 3)07.8bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www. Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8.8-bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C. and they do of course hope that you will like the lessons. sound files etc. with tab. They are taken from books that they publish.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.based on Skip James' recording of the theme.Blues Guitar . The lessons are complete. 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File More on 8-bar blues in E The magazine Acoustic Guitar has put some lessons on the net. want some more and buy the books. Among the lessons are one on Crow Jane.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.2005 04:03:59 . written bySteve James.torvund.

Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 23: The moveable D / D7 shape Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25-8_bar_blues.torvund.01.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .2005 04:03:59 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Alternating bass. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net I appreciate comments http://www.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .asp (3 of 3)07.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. G-Boogie .8-bar blues q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .

to my knowledge . The song is recorded by many artists.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. was done by Jack Dupree.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Pony Blues New Lessons q q q q q Come Back Baby Happy Traum: Blues Guitar q q New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 3 Reading Music .01.based on the playing of Snooks Eaglin. Davey Graham.8-bar blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C. Bert Jansch and Stefan Grossman. but the arrangement that has been most popular is . but is different from "Key to the Highway". including Lightnin' Hopkins.2005 04:04:02 . at least in Europe. q Open C Tuning Silent Night in Open C Tuning Minor Blues Reading Music .torvund.jazzy 7th chords Open Chords Sign up for the Newsletter to get information on new lessons. It is a variation of an 8bar form in A. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The next tune was very popular in the 60's.Blues Guitar . Retailers: If you like the site. The first recording I know.asp (1 of 3)07. Dave van Ronk.Reading Chords Blues Turnarounds A Chord Excercise .

It does not really belong to the key. but it works well here. or by using the thumb around the neck. From here you slide your fourth finger down from 9th to 5th fret.01.Blues Guitar . http://www.8-bar blues Download Finale File PDF-File In the introduction. The tune is a bit "minorish".torvund.asp (2 of 3)07. You can read more about this substitution in my Chord Progressions series. we once again meet the Lightnin' Hopkins Lick. Note that an F-chord has sneaked into the arrangement. You also get at chance to practise the long A combined with a blues scale. but now in A. but it sounds nice. and in this context the F-chord function as some kind of an Dm substitution.2005 04:04:02 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues. At the end of the first bar of the verse. Lightnin' Hopkins lick in A. the "moveable D7" is played as an A7 chord on 8th and 9th fret. It is not too easy. You can play the F-chord either with a barré over all 6 strings in 1st fret. and continue with the "long A".

asp (3 of 3)07. Alternating bass.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. Other blues progessions (than the 12-bar Blues) q q Progressions: 8. It is now reissued coupled with the album Jack Orion on one CD called Jack Orion/Nicola. It does not seem to be available in US . Bert Jansch It might be politically incorrect to list a white Scottish guitar player among my favorite. G-Boogie ..unfortunately. but none of them comes close to this one.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby q Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B: 8-bar blues in A Further references Pony Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:04:02 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. I have heard several other records by Snooks Eaglin.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. The lead guitarist of Led Zeppelin.net I appreciate comments http://www.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/25C-8_bar_blues.Blues Guitar .) has called him The Jimi Hendrix of acoustic guitar.8-bar blues My favorite recordings of "Come Back Baby". 16 and 24 bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues in A Blues Guitar 24 C. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Bert Jansch recordedCome Back Baby on the albumNicola.torvund. Bert Jansch' is a fantastic guitarist and one of the most innovative and influential acoustic players. But I really like his playing.8bar blues in A . Snooks Eaglin I think of this as "the original". Snooks Eaglin's album New Orleans Street Singer is a fantastic FromAmazon UK From Amazon US record from 1958. Jimmi Page (or maybe it was Pete Townshend of The Who or may be it FromAmazon UK was Neil Young .

and not to forget Willie Brown's "M&O Blues". Hey". The pony that is probably best know today is Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.Blues Guitar .Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Pony Blues Lesson 24 C.2005 04:04:05 .torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Pony Blues Theme New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Tommy Johnson's "Bye Bye Blues".8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Pony Blues is one of the themes you can hear in many variations. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Some classic versions are Charley Patton's "Pony Blues" and "Stone Poney Blues".01.asp (1 of 3)07. made popular recently by Eric Clapton's recording of the song on his Unplugged album.

introductory text. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. guitar notation legend. Woody Mann explores the ideas. SG98508BCD See more info. Blues rock and adult contemporary. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote.01. The first. there are at least two sources. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. chord names.torvund. Performed by Eric Clapton. techniques. lyrics. as me.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues.Pony Blues Download Finale File PDF-File If you.. 9x12 inches. Acoustic Rock. guitar chord diagrams. Hey". Stove Pipe Stomp.. Written in standard notation and tablature. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks. is to turn to the original. Worryin' You Off My Mind.. Brownskin Shuffle.2005 04:04:05 .. and in my opinion the best. Published by Hal Leonard. and Saturday Night Rub. Includes 3 CD's. like Big Bill Broonzy's "Hey. The song is transcribed and analyzed in Woody Mann's book/CD set on Big Bill Broonzy's. Moppin' Blues. written by Wolf Marshall. Bestseller! instructional text and performance notes. For guitar. Hey. Hey. With standard guitar notation. phrase-by-phrase instruction. vocal melody. guitar tablature. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. ToC No HL695250 Review: Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom http://www. Series: Hal Leonard . See more info.Blues Guitar . Includes instructional book and examples CD.asp (2 of 3)07. 72 pages. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The other option is of course to get the transcriptions of all the songs on Eric Clapton's Unplugged album.

guitar tablature. (HL694869) See more info. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend.. You’ll also learn the sounds and styles of great artists such as Willie Moore.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/PonyBlues. Mississippi John Hurt..01. I recommend: Order from: Rory Block . Published by Hal Leonard. 112 pages. Size 8. SIX CDs * LEVEL 4 * Homespun Tapes (Instructional).2005 04:04:05 .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. For other versions of this and more classic blues. lyrics. but he was by no means the only outstanding player.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07. With notes and tablature. With standard guitar notation. Performed by Eric Clapton. For guitar and voice. () Chosen as Book of the Month January 2003 See more info. Willie Brown. Book and CD package.Blues Guitar .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. Alternating bass. 9x12 inches.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Lesson 24 C.torvund.5x11 inches.Classics of Country Blues Guitar SheetmusicPlus Robert Johnson is the best known of the intensely powerful musicians who created these songs in the early part of the Twentieth Century. chord names.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .. ToC No HL841708 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Blues rock and adult contemporary. The classic tunes she teaches include: Old Country Rock * Statesboro Blues * Big Road Blues * Canned Heat * Walkin' Blues * Cross Road Blues * Frankie and Albert * Future Blues * M&O Blues * Police Dog Blues * Devil Got My Man * Mississippi Blues * Ain't No Way for Me to Get Along. Tommy Johnson. Skip James.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.Pony Blues Order from: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged SheetmusicPlus Acoustic Rock.8-bar blues in A Come Back Baby Mississippi Blues Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. vocal melody.. G-Boogie .8bar blues in A . Published by Homespun. Transcribed by Jesse Gress. Blind Blake and the Reverend Robert Wilkins. Format: MusicRoom guitar tablature songbook.

torvund.asp (1 of 4)07. It is often played as an instrumental. It is a classic.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues. which was recorded for the Library of Congress by one Willie Brown. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Mississippi Blues .Blues Guitar . If you can play this.verse The next tune is «Mississippi Blues».Pony Blues Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Mississippi Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Mississippi Blues .verse http://www. and it shows you some of the possibilities of A. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.major. «Mississippi Blues» imitates blues piano playing of the 1920s-talls blues piano. Many guitarist have recorded this tune. you can play fingerstyle delta blues guitar. and who recorded classics such as «M & O Blues» and «Future Blues».01. It is the graduation piece for blues fingerpickers. who is not the Willie Brown who played with Charley Patton and Son House. Rory Block and Jorma Kaukonen.2005 04:04:08 . We know next to nothing about this . among others Stefan Grossman. but Willie Brown played the verse as backing to his singing.

torvund.Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues .asp (2 of 4)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.break http://www.2005 04:04:08 .Blues Guitar .01.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Pony Blues Download the Finale File Mississippi Blues. Alternating bass.vers + break Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar http://www.2005 04:04:08 .8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.asp (3 of 4)07. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.torvund.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie .Blues Guitar .

Pony Blues Pony Blues Tritone Blues Part 1 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MississippiBlues.asp (4 of 4)07.torvund.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:08 .net I appreciate comments http://www.01.

If you are in C-major. The tritone might also be called an augmented fourth. And now you should note that if you have a G and put a Bdim chord on top of it.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. meaning that the distance from bottom to top is the same. The tension is resolved when you go from B to C and F to E.torvund. Now you should notice that F and B are two of the notes in a G7 chord. You find it in these positions: xxxxx Then we can play a simple 12-bar blues in the key of A. A perfect fourth consists of two whole-steps and a half step. If you take the interval B to F in the key of C-major. while the augmented fourth have three whole steps.Part 1 Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone is an interval with three whole-steps. In theory they are different. and it will still function as a G7. with the notes G-B-D.01. you should notice that it is a disharmonic interval. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Simple Tritone Blues 1 in A http://www. But they are not as dissonant as the tritone/diminished fifth. I fingerpick. give me your vote: The tritone / diminished fifth is an easy interval to finger on the guitar.Tritone Blues Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues . but in practice they are (almost) the same. and by that going from the diminished fifth to a major third (C to F). at least not when they are not played in a musical context. and add the minor 7th (F). This interval is called a diminished fifth. while the F might be called a leaning note. and two half-steps (BC and E-F). But if you take away the B and/or the F. and the VIIb-III tritone interval of each chord. Retailers: If you like the site. And now one of the lessons to lean: It is the tritone or diminished fifth that gives the 7th chord it's character.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:12 . The minor 7th interval from G to F and the corresponding major second from F to G are two dissonant intervals. A Bdim (also notated as B°) have the notes B-D-F. And there you have the diminished fifth between B and F. and it does not create the same tension as the G7. The diminished fifth between B and F creates a tension. with the the root note in the bass. From Bb to F there is a perfect fifth. In a normal major scale. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The tritone is the half of an octave. The ear cannot tell the difference between the two intervals. and you will have the F to B tritone if you invert the chord. One major difference is that there is no tritone in a m7 chord. There are some clues to chord substitution in this knowledge. you will notice that it consists of two whole steps (C-D and D-E). and it still works. you should notice that the minor7 has a much smoother and more jazzy sound. Try playing just the interval B-F instead of a G7. If you listen to the tritone. which is F and B in the key of C. but this will not be covered in this lesson. thus dividing the octave in two equal parts. You will also find the diminished fifth in the diminished chord.asp (1 of 4)07. If you compare a G7 and a Gm7. you get a G7 chord. you have G-B-D-F. it will no longer function as a G7 chord. And the G7 has the dissonant tritone/diminished fifth in addition to the minor 7th/major second. the B is often referred to as the leading note. The Gm7 consists of G-Bb-D-F. you find the tritone between the 4th and 7th note. with a monotone bass technique. You can omit the other notes from the chord. But both the tritone and the diminished fifth have six half steps. The diminished chord consists of to minor thirds on top of each other. If you start from a G-major chord. with a restless sound that call for some kind of harmonic resolution. and from F to Bb there is a perfect fourth. both the G and the D.

I will play one round of 12-bar blues with a bass-lick combined with a tritone that goes like this: Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book.C#. Covers: boogie. and other blues styles. swing. minor. accompanying keyboards and more.torvund. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord. soloing. rock 'n' roll. Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# .July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down.2005 04:04:12 . bebop.. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month .Blues Guitar . The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. shuffle. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form.asp (2 of 4)07. riff. and jazzy blues progressions. You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above.Tritone Blues Part 1 PDF-File In the next 12-bar blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord. This is one of my favorites! See more info.C.. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G . slow. intros. and other forms of popular music.01. turnarounds. And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord. I utilize the magic of inverting these chords. Chicago.

For Guitar (Flatpick). the book focuses on the shuffle. . Blues. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players.75.. and covers Delta. 16 pages. by Corey Christiansen.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. Progressions. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Kansas City. Size 8.. 16 pages.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone. Level: Intermediate. It explores shuffle. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. New Orleans.torvund. As the name says.. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. Unless jazz is you main interest.Blues Guitar . Chicago. the book focuses on the shuffle. Jim Ferguson . which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords..asp (3 of 4)07.2005 04:04:12 . and bebop blues. Rhythm/ backup.5x8. 92 pages. Book. As the name says. accompaniment. Texas. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues http://www. See more info. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Published by Mel Bay Publications. Size 5.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.01. For Guitar (All). ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. (HL695005) See more info. (There are many other chords as well). Jazz. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. Rhythm/backup. Gig Savers.75x11. By Frank Vignola. By Jim Ferguson. Book. and not the blues as such. Includes tab and notation.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Inc. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.Tritone Blues Part 1 ToC Review: No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. country. Book/CD package. West Coast. Level: Beginning. and not the blues as such. Published by Mel Bay Publications. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format.. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book.. it will take you through various blues progressions. See more info. Vignola Play Along. Inc.

Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/tritone.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.asp (4 of 4)07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Tritone Blues Part 1 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Blues Guitar . G-Boogie .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:04:12 .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Alternating bass. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Mississippi Blues Tritone Blues Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.01.

01. which make these shapes moveable.2005 04:04:15 . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 1 Tritone Blues Part 3 The next example is the same as the previous. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. Now we do not have open stings in the tritone.asp (1 of 3)07.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Download Finale File PDF-File http://www.torvund.Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2. with a different fingering.

. Book/CD package.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.5x8.. Includes tab and notation.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. bebop. Rhythm/ backup. Vignola Play Along.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. country. shuffle. 16 pages. .Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Book. West Coast.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www. Blues. (There are many other chords as well). Rhythm/backup. Published by Mel Bay Publications. New Orleans. by Corey Christiansen. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2..asp (2 of 3)07.Part 2 Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Book. 16 pages. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Covers: boogie. Published by Mel Bay Publications. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (HL695005) See more info.75x11. Level: Intermediate. the book focuses on the shuffle. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues..Tritone Blues . minor. This is one of my favorites! See more info.75. Progressions. By Jim Ferguson. soloing. Kansas City. Level: Beginning. riff. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. and bebop blues. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Size 5. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Jazz. Inc. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. Inc.2005 04:04:15 . rock 'n' roll. it will take you through various blues progressions. and other forms of popular music. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . and not the blues as such. and other blues styles. For Guitar (All). By Frank Vignola. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form.01. accompaniment. slow. turnarounds. accompanying keyboards and more. Texas. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . As the name says. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Unless jazz is you main interest. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. Chicago. intros. See more info. Size 8. It explores shuffle. 92 pages. and jazzy blues progressions. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.. Chicago. Jim Ferguson .Blues Guitar . and covers Delta. See more info. For Guitar (Flatpick). the book focuses on the shuffle.. Gig Savers. and not the blues as such.. swing. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks.torvund. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. As the name says.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .2005 04:04:15 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . G-Boogie .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues Part 1 Further references Tritone Blues Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .asp (3 of 3)07. Alternating bass.torvund.Tritone Blues .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .01.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-2. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 2 Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Blues Guitar .

The VIIb-III tritone interval of an A7 chord is G .Part 3 Tritone Blues Part 2 Tritone Blues Part 4 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In the next 12-bar blues. You should also try to slide into these position from one fret below or one fret above.Blues Guitar .01.C.2005 04:04:18 . and you can slide from the V7 to the IV7 chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. and then you have the inverted interval of the IV7 chord.torvund.Tritone Blues . And then there is no prize for guessing that you can move this "chord" up two fret to the V7 chord.asp (1 of 4)07. Now the III-VIIb diminished fifth interval in a D7 is F# .Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . I utilize the magic of inverting these chords.Tritone Blues . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Tritone Blues with Inverted Chords New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.C#. This means that you can just move the "chord" one fret down.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Download Finale File PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (2 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons
q

q

q

q

q

q

q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord

q

q

q

q

q

q q

q

Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 - 8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A - Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C- 8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning, Alternating bass, See See Rider

q q q

q q q q

q

A 12 bar blues in G. G-Boogie . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar

Tritone Blues Part 2 Further references

Tritone Blues Part 4

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 3

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-3.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:04:18

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

Blues Guitar - Tritone Blues - Part 4
Tritone Blues Part 3 D-major

In this last part of the Tritone Blues lesson, we will combine the chord with a little bass-run. I think of this as typical for Kansas City Blues.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

Kansas City in A

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:04:21

The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . It explores shuffle. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar.. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. intros. The term '12-bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with all the technical Bestseller! tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. shuffle. the book focuses on the shuffle. and not the blues as such. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. and not the blues as such. country. By Jim Ferguson. the book focuses on the shuffle. and bebop blues. rock 'n' roll. Chicago. Book/CD package. Kansas City.. and other blues styles. slow. Includes tab and notation. minor. and covers Delta. Chicago. This is one of my favorites! See more info. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues.Part 4 Download Finale File PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book.2005 04:04:21 . swing.asp (2 of 3)07. Rhythm/backup.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. . accompanying keyboards and more.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. As the name says. Jim Ferguson .Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. (There are many other chords as well). ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) http://www.Tritone Blues .. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. it will take you through various blues progressions. New Orleans.torvund. 92 pages. West Coast. (HL695005) See more info. Unless jazz is you main interest.. soloing. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. and other forms of popular music. bebop. Texas.01. Covers: boogie. turnarounds. As the name says. and jazzy blues progressions. riff.Blues Guitar .

Jazz. Gig Savers..Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 3)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Published by Mel Bay Publications.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .net I appreciate comments http://www.. Published by Mel Bay Publications. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. 16 pages.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .5x8. Book. Rhythm/backup.. Level: Beginning. By Frank Vignola.2005 04:04:21 . by Corey Christiansen.diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .75.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flatfive Substitution Tritone Blues Part 3 Further references D-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Size 8. See more info.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . Size 5. Blues.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. accompaniment. 16 pages. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished triad The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Tritone-4. Vignola Play Along. Progressions. Inc. Inc. Book. See more info. ToC No MB99768 Review: For more on tritones and the diminished chord.01.Part 4 Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. For Guitar (All)..Tritone Blues . For Guitar (Flatpick).75x11. Level: Intermediate.

only D and G7 have not already been used in previous lessons. G7 and A7. The basic chords are D.torvund.2005 04:04:24 . G7 G7 Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons http://www.asp (1 of 2)07. Below is the most common version of the D chord. and three versions of G7.D-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 D-major Tritone Blues . Of these. I have given three fingerings for the D chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter D D D Retailers: Du finner flere eksempler på hvordan du kan spille D-akkorden på siden The D-chord If you like the site. and in one of them I have indicated the shift between D and D7. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1.01.Part 4 Dropped D tuning See See Rider The next key is D-major. D7. give me your vote: G7 Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites This is the 12-bar blues in D.Blues Guitar .

D-major q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .2005 04:04:24 .Blues Guitar . Alternating bass.asp (2 of 2)07.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_1.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Part 4 Videre referanser Dropped D tuning See See Rider GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie .01. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Tritone Blues . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.torvund.

but it gives a more "dancing" sound. and the fifth on the 5th string.2005 04:04:27 . Get to the Dropped D-tuning page in the Open and Alternate Tuning section for more on this tuning. Blind Lemon Jefferson. Important blues artists playing in this style are Mississippi John Hurts. Blind Blake and Blind Boy Fuller.Blues Guitar . you will get access to the low root note on the open 6th string. compared to the monotone bass. We will return to the tune See See Rider. It is istill one bass note pr beat. this time loosly based on the playing of Mississippi John Hurt. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. When you play in D.asp (1 of 3)07. You get the root on the 6th and 4th string.torvund.) With this arrangement we will introduce another fingerpicking technique: Alternating bass. Alernating bass is the basis of many fingerpicking styles.Dropped D-Tuning Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Dropped D-Tuning D-major G-major Happy Traum: Blues Guitar You can tune down the low E-string to D.01. Gary Davis. you will often get the feeling that the notes stop one whole note above where you want to go. and you will get what is called Dropped D-tuning. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter See See Rider Retailers: If you like the site. In standard tuning. (He is playing in standard tuning. Two prominent players in this style are Merle Travis and Chet Atkins. Rev. which means that he is playing different in the bass.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

torvund.2005 04:04:27 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2.Blues Guitar .01.asp (2 of 3)07.Dropped D-Tuning PDF-File http://www.

A and D are studied.asp (3 of 3)07..Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.May 2003 See more info.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/D-major_2.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .Blues Guitar . E. Arrangements in the keys of G.. G-Boogie . Book of the Month . Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.2005 04:04:27 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar D-major Videre referanser G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. 100 pages.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. C.torvund.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Dropped D-Tuning Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt Order From: SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements. 26 arrangements are presented in this collection. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. Published by Warner Brothers.01. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Alternating bass.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. En 12-takters blues i G-dur går slik: If you like the site. But we have not used C7 except as a basis for movable chords. and now we get to G-major.01. So to be sure.torvund. give me your vote: Dropped D tuning See See Rider Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Videre referanser G-Major Blues in G GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. se Fingering the G-chord.Blues Guitar .2005 04:04:30 . se egne sider for G-dur og C-dur. I include the C7 as well.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Dropped D tuning See See Rider G-Major Blues in G We continue our little journey through the keys.net I appreciate comments http://www. It is only G that we have not been using so far. The three primary chords are G. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter G G C7 G7 Retailers: G og C-akkordene kan gripes på mange måter. G7. For G-akkorden har jeg også valgt å diskutere fingersettingen men inngående.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_1.asp07. C7 and D7.

The next tune is basically a blues scale played over a monotone bass.Blues Guitar .01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.2005 04:04:33 .torvund.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-major Boogie in G-major Blues in G It is easy to make a melody line around the G chord. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

asp (2 of 3)07.8bar blues in A .8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. G-Boogie .torvund.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .01. Alternating bass.2005 04:04:33 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-major Videre referanser Boogie in G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www.Blues Guitar .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_2.Blues Guitar .G-major Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:04:33 .01.

It is actually much easier to play around a G chord compared to the boogie bass and chord in E.2005 04:04:36 . Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Boogie Woogie in G-Major This arrangement is a boogie bass line and a G-chord.01. I learned it in G. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. which means that he actually played in E when he was fingering the "G-chords". Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3. When I first learned to play this kind of bass and chord. But remember that he played with his guitar tuned down 11/2 tone. Leadbelly played «Good Morning Blues» this way. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major G-Major Blues in G G-Major Rev.Blues Guitar .

8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A .8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .torvund. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G. Alternating bass.01.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way http://www.asp (2 of 3)07.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. G-Boogie .G-major PDF-File Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar G-Major Blues in G Videre referanser G-Major Rev.2005 04:04:36 .

asp (3 of 3)07.2005 04:04:36 .torvund.G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_3.net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund. B on the 5th string and D on the 4th string. You can find a little more on this progression in the A salty dog at Alice’s Restaurant in the Chord Progression series. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.2005 04:04:39 . we can call this progression a I-VI7-II7-V7 progression. In generic musical terms. In the basic G-chord.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 G-major Boogie in G-major C-major Rev. The tune on this page is based on Rev. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way G-major is a key well suited for alternating bass. Notice the chord progression G-E7-A7-D7. you get all the chord notes in the bass: G on the 6th string.01. It has 8 bars.Blues Guitar . This makes it easy to find some good bass figures.asp (1 of 3)07. Gary Davis' «She's Funny That Way». but does not follow the 8-bar blues form that we have been discussing in previous lesson. Another example of this progression in G-major can be heard in Blind Blake's «That Will Never Happen No More».

she's just funny that way One thing 'bout this gal I can't understand I found out she's just a fool 'bout one old man She ain't crazy.01.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.2005 04:04:39 .G-major PDF-File She's Funny That Way I got a gal that is crazy 'bout me She's just as crazy as any gal can be She ain't crazy.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B8-bar blues in A . Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 . See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.asp (2 of 3)07. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar Boogie in G-major Videre referanser C-major http://www.torvund. G-Boogie .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4. she's just funny that way She got to the place that she got no woman friends She don't want no woman be shifting around taking her man in She ain't crazy.8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning. Alternating bass. she's just funny that way This gal will work hard for you every day and buy your clothes and shoes Come in and look for you and can't find you. she's just funny that way A little more G-major Acoustic Guitar has made available a lesson called Your first guitar rag where Dale Miller takes you through an arrangement based on the same chords as She's Funny That Way. she's just funny that way Now some people say this gal is just tight like that But when she calls her man she always wants him to be right there She ain't crazy. she'll begin to have blues She ain't crazy.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/G-major_4.net I appreciate comments http://www.G-major GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.2005 04:04:39 .01.Blues Guitar .

because you will find som arrangements in keys that are not dicussed this way. F7 and G7.2005 04:04:45 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1. C7. this arrangement is based on Mance Lipscomb's version of the tune.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter C C Rider Retailers: If you like the site. If my memory is correct. is C-major.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major G-Major Rev. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Once again we will take a look at a version of See See Rider.) The basic chords are C. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way C-Major Cocaine Blues The last key we will discuss a a key. or C C Rider as I prefer to call it just to remind myself that this is the C-major version.asp (1 of 3)07. (I choose to say it this way.01. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Blues Guitar .

asp (2 of 3)07. you should start with the playing of Mississippi John Hurt.2005 04:04:45 .torvund. Blues fingerpicking If you want to learn more about blues fingerpicking with alternate bass. Gary Davis.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1.01. Big Bill Broonzy. Mississippi John Hurt. http://www.Blues Guitar . Blind Boy Fuller and Blind Blake have all recorded many tunes in this key.G-major PDF-File C-major is a popular key among guitar players who play with alternating bass. Rev.

LESSON ONE: A blues in 12/8 with Leroy Carr's Midnight Hour Blues. Four choruses are taught demonstrating how this tune can develop.. Size 8. E. ToC No WBF3176GTXCD Review: Order from: Folk & Blues Fingerstyle Guitar taught by Dave Van Ronk SheetmusicPlus ... Grossman Audio.net I appreciate comments http://www. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. 6 tunes in notation and tablature.torvund. The book includes a conversation with Dave.75x11.2005 04:04:45 ... Blood Red Moon follows played in a dropped D tuning. and 3 CDs teaching each tune phrase by phrase. This four sectioned rag is played in the keys of C and F. a discography. Louis Tickle was the first great challenge for fingerpickers interested in classic ragtime. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. 26 arrangements are presented in this collection. Arrangements in the keys of G. Level: Intermediate. LESSON TWO: Sunday Street is an original Dave Van Ronk song.asp (3 of 3)07. The lesson ends with Blind Lemon Jefferson's One Kind Favor. C. A and D are studied. LESSON THREE: Dave's arrangement of St.01.May 2003 See more info.75. Published by Warner Brothers. Gary Davis Was Funny That Way Videre referanser Order from: SheetmusicPlus C-Major Cocaine Blues GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Guitar method or supplement: Book and Two CDs.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_1.G-major Order From: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Mississippi John Hurt SheetmusicPlus Book and Two CD's Amazon UK The playing of Mississippi John Hurt combines lyrical songs with lovely guitar arrangements. See more info. (SG99470BCD) See more info. Original Bestseller! recordings by Mississippi John Hurt and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. Book/CD package. 100 pages. Bessie Smith's classic blues You've Been A Good Old Wagon is taught in the key of E. 32 pages. G-Major Rev.. Book of the Month . ToC No SG99469BCD Review: Blues and Ragtime Fingerstyle Guitar Dave Van Ronk presents his arrangements of blues and a classic rag.Blues Guitar .

Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. We go fron C to E to F.Blues Guitar .01. You should also notice the 5/4 in bar 4. It is not easy. Notice bar 3 and 4 in the break.verse «Cocaine Blues» is a typical Rev. but it sounds good. but does not follow any standard form. It has an 8-bar structure. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. I have written both the verse and a break.asp (1 of 3)07.2005 04:04:47 . Gary Davis arrangement in C-major.torvund. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major C-Major Blues Rag in C Cocaine Blues .

asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2.G-major PDF-File Cocaine Blues .2005 04:04:47 .vers + break http://www.Blues Guitar .01.break PDF-File Cocaine Blues .torvund.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_2. It comes complete with a recording of Rev.G-major Order from: Country Blues Guitar by Stefan Grossman. Book and CD. Country Blues Guitar styles span a wide horizon..01.75x11. Gary Davis.75.asp (3 of 3)07. ToC No SG99465BCD Review: Rev. See more info.. 24 page tab/music book with three compact discs.torvund. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system. Published by Warner Brothers. 84 pages. Gary Davis..Blues Guitar . With standard notation and tablature. 24 pages.2005 04:04:47 . Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom C-Major Videre referanser C-Major Blues Rag in C GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio. Grossman Audio. In SheetmusicPlus these three lessons the ideas and techniques of Rev. Published by Grossman. Tommy Johnson and Mississippi John Hurt are presented. Charley Jordan. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info. Book/CD Set.. The arrangements vary from alternating bass to a Delta strum to a monotonic bass. Size 8.net I appreciate comments http://www. Level: Intermediate.

There are many versions of this theme.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. http://www.2005 04:04:50 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File This is the same progression as in "Funny That Way".G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Cocaine Blues C-Major Diddie Has Something There Blues Rag in C Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Listen to Blind Blake's «West Coast Blues». «Wabash Rag» and «Skoodle Loo Doo». but now in C. Arlo Guthrie's «Alice's Restaurant» is also based on this progression in C-major.asp (1 of 2)07.Blues Guitar . Other examples are Big Bill Broonzy's «Skoodle Do Do» and Blind Willie McTell's «Georgia Rag». Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.torvund.

techniques.asp (2 of 2)07. Woody Mann explores the ideas. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book. As performed by Blind Blake.G-major Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson.. and Saturday Night Rub.net I appreciate comments http://www. Blues. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake SheetmusicPlus Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman. Level: Intermediate. For fingerpick guitar. Hey....Blues Guitar . SG98508BCD See more info. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings.75x11. WBF3432GTXCD See more info. Stove Pipe Stomp.torvund. (SG98507BCD) See more info. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_3. Written in standard notation and tablature.. C-Major Cocaine Blues Videre referanser C-Major Diddie Has Something There GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01. Includes 3 CD's. Brownskin Shuffle. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Worryin' You Off My Mind. For a guitarist. 26 pages. Grossman Audio.2005 04:04:50 . Moppin' Blues. Hey. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-bynote.75. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. it gives you the best of both worlds. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. Size 8. Book/CD package. Licks and phrases..

«Long Tall Mama» and «Guitar Shuffle». True Fire has a lection on Diddie Wa Diddie available on the net. Other versions are Big Bill Broonzy's «Shuffle Rag». The song was so popular that he recorded it 20–30 times with different lyrics.G-major Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 C-major C-Major Blues Rag in C Minor Blues Lesson 1.2005 04:04:53 . which has been recorded by Ry Cooder and Leon Redbone. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.torvund. which we have looked at in E-major. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Blues Guitar . You will also recognize the theme in Blind Lemon Jefferson's «Black Horse Blues». Probably the most well known version of the theme is Blind Blake's «Diddie Wa Diddie».asp (1 of 4)07. «Black Horse Blues» is Blind Lemon Jefferson's version of «Pony Blues». Part 1 Diddie Has Something There We finish off this section with another well known theme in C-major.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. This arrangement is based on Blind Boy Fuller's «You've got something there».

Big Bill Broonzy is an artist to start with. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. Stove Pipe Stomp. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.G-major PDF-File Blues-Rag If you want to learn more about blues-rag playing. Moppin' Blues. Size 4.01. Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy In this comprehensive new audio lesson. If you prefer video. Video..13x7. no matter what kind of blues you are playing. I have picked a book/CD set by Woody Mann. I will recommend that you work with some of the following. Hey. SG98508BCD See more info. 90 pages.5. techniques.torvund. Level: Intermediate... The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note. and Saturday Night Rub. you can get this. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Blues.. Includes 3 CD's. For fingerpick guitar. where some typical Big Bill Broonzy are covered in detail. http://www. Hey. Mississippi John Hurt is not included. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy taught by Woody Mann. Order DVD Order VHS from: from: SheetmusicPlus SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom Blind Boy Fuller This is another Master of Country Blues book with original recordings and transcriptions.asp (2 of 4)07.2005 04:04:53 . Licks and phrases. (SG98200VX) See more info. Woody Mann explores the ideas.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. and not as difficult as the others. Brownskin Shuffle. But he is a good point of departure.Blues Guitar . Grossman-Gtr Workshop. Worryin' You Off My Mind. Written in standard notation and tablature. and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists.

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Rev. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. 92 pages. Video. Grossman-Gtr Workshop. It comes complete with a recording of Rev.75x11. His Walkin' Dog Blues is a tour de force in a blues in C. Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom If you are ready for Blind Blake.75x11. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. (SG98507BCD) See more info. For fingerpick guitar. it gives you the best of both worlds.. 89 pages.. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. Size 8. Order from: Ragtime Blues Guitar of Rev. Order from: SheetmusicPlus The Guitar of Blind Boy Fuller taught by Ari Eisinger. Gary Davis. As performed by Blind Blake. Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. Grossman Audio. Original recordings by Blind Boy Fuller and transcriptions by Stefan Grossman. LESSON (CD) ONEhighlights two of Rev. or a book that comes with a Cd with original recordings. (SG99411VX) See more info. Gary Davis is propbably the most influential traditional blues guitarists. For fingerpick guitar. Video. Taj Mahal. All fourteen verses are transcribed here. GrossmanGtr Workshop. Published by Warner Brothers.. Includes a biography and explanation of the tab/music system. Level: Intermediate. 94 pages. Rev. seven of Rev. Davis's blues are presented. Baby. 40 pages. Buck Rag is a fascinating rag played in the key of C. Bert Jansch and many others.. Davis's repertoire.just as a guitar player want. Gary Davis taught by Stefan Grossman.75. (SG99464BCD) See more info. This is a CD with 16 of his most famous songs that comes with a book.torvund.. Licks and phrases. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop. For a guitarist..net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4. (WBF3175GTXCD) See more info. In SheetmusicPlus this book.5.. These arrangements have been performed and recorded by a host of great artists including Bob Dylan... Book and CD.asp (3 of 4)07. Hesitation Blues is played in the key of C. Blues.. Book/3CD package. Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. Level: Intermediate. Level: Intermediate.. (WBF3270GTXCD) See more info. Davis used to joke that he could play Candyman so many different ways that he would be able to play it nonstop for at least 8 hours without repeating himself! We look at two versions of this very popular folk blues with the regular Candyman followed by the Two-Step Candyman. LESSON (CD) THREE: Raggin' the blues was a great part of Rev. counterpoint lines. John Renbourn. you are ready for anything – at least when it comes to this style of guitar playing. Davis.13x7. Again you can also choose a video. Hot Tuna. Book and CD. (SG98199VX) See more info. and we study how this arrangement develops. Single-string runs. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.. With standard notation and tablature. These lessons are for the intermediate to advanced fingerstyle guitarist. rhythmic variations and syncopated bass patterns are featured.Blues Guitar . Let Me Follow You Down is played in the key of G.2005 04:04:53 .5. Published by Warner Brothers. and many of today's most prominent teachers and authors of guitar books have been his students. Size 4x7. Blues. Gary Davis / CD Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series This book from fingerstyle master Stefan Grossman features the music of the legendary master Rev.. He received everyone who would pay 5 dollars for a guitar lesson.01. Gary Davis performing all of the selections contained in the folio. Licks and phrases. Masters of Country Blues Guitar Series / The Music of Blind Blake Book and CDBy Stefan Grossman. David Bromberg. 84 pages. LESSON (CD) TWO: The key of C was a favorite for Rev. Size 4.75. Size 8.. The accompanying three CD lessons teach these arrangements phrase by phrase as well as presenting the original recordings. Book/CD package.G-major Blind Boy Fuller / CD Masters of Country Blues guitar series. 26 pages.. In this lesson we explore the party tune Sally Where'd You Get Your Liquor From (made popular by Hot Tuna). Rev.. Another Book/CD set with original recordings and transcription . WBF3432GTXCD See more info. Davis's most popular blues arrangements.

8-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A Blues Guitar Lesson 15B: Fingerpicking monotone bass in A – Betty Blues Blues Guitar Lesson 15C: Fingerpicking Instrumental in A Blues Guitar Lesson 16: The "Long A" chord q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 17: A shuffle solo Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .8bar blues in A .2005 04:04:53 . Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/C-major_4.torvund. Rev Gary Davis is Funny That Way C-major: C C Rider C-major: Cocaine Blues C-major: Blues Rag in C Diddie Has Something There Books and videos on Acoustic Blues Guitar C-Major Blues Rag in C Videre referanser Minor Blues Lesson 1.8bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 B. Alternating bass. G-Boogie .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 Pony Blues Willie Brown's Mississippi Blues Dropped D tuning.Blues Guitar .G-major Fingerpicking Blues Gutiar Lessons q q q q q q q q Blues Guitar Lesson 12: An introduction to blues fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 12B: Monotone bass fingerpicking Blues Guitar Lesson 13: 16-bar blues Blues Guitar Lesson 24 .01.asp (4 of 4)07.Key To The Highway Blues Guitar 24 C.net I appreciate comments http://www. See See Rider q q q q q q q q A 12 bar blues in G.8-bar blues in A – Come Back Baby Tritone Blues .

Lesson 1. A Type 1 progression.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . give me your vote: http://www. Part 1 Minor Blues Lesson 1. If we substitute the v7 with its parallel major V7 chord. Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar The progression with only minor chords may be a bit boring. still in Am will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. it will be like this: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm If you like the site.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2.V7.Lesson 1. Part 3 Minor Blues . What we do is actually that we choose Harmonic minor instead of Natural minor for the very reason that we have harmonic minor.asp (1 of 2)07.MinorBlues-3 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord. then we get a kind of lift in the third line. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites As a Type 2 progression.iv .01. Backing Track . Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .Lesson 1. Part 2 Minor Blues Lesson 1. This time I have also included a turnaround chord (the V7 chord). V7 as turnaround chord. as it will give the V7-i resoulution when we go to the next verse. This second group of minor blues progressions has the chords i .torvund.2005 04:04:55 . i chord in bar 2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: Here is the set of backing tracks for this progression.

Part 3 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.MinorBlues-4 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord. Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Minor Blues Lesson 1. Backing Track . here are the backing tracks.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .Lesson 1.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-2.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (2 of 2)07.2005 04:04:55 .01. Part 2 And again. Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Minor Blues Lesson 1.torvund. iv chord in bar 2. V7 as turnaround chord.

But going from a minor 6th to a major 6th is what distinguish a dorian scale from a natural minorscale. Amazon UK link in parenthesis) If you like the site. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .asp (1 of 3)07. It does not follow an exact 12-bar blues form. A Type 1 progression will be like this: New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 1. But it is not a dorian progression.part 1 Minor Blues . give me your vote: Artist Tune Key Source (Main link takes you to SheetmusicPlus) Comments Jeff Healey Band Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Confidence Man C#m See The Light (UK) The Bluesmen (from Musicroom) A John Hiatt tune. There is no turnaround chord. Part 2 12-bars. The bridge moulates to the IV-key (F#major). In bar 5. as this scale has no sixth in it.torvund.Lesson 1. A strict dorian progression would have had i – IV – v.V7. we use a major IV chord instead of the minor iv. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1. As long as we use the minor pentatonic scale. Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .IV . This gives us the basic chords i .Lesson 1. It is a 24 bar blues. with the structure of a 12bar: Play two bars for each bar in the 12-bar structure. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The major chord as a IV chord have the major 6th instead of the minor 6th of the basic scale (based on the root).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. Mel London Cry For Me Baby Am Blue Heaven ( Amazon US ) Muddy Waters Trouble.2005 04:04:57 .Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . it does not make too much of a difference. it goes F#-E-E#. CD (Main link goes to Amazon US. No More Gm His Best: 1947 to 1955 (UK) The Chess Box [BOX SET] (UK) Blues Guitar Legends http://www. The major 6th hints on the dorian scale. Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar In this third group of minor blues progression.01.

MinorBlues-6 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 2: Major V7 chord. Part 3 B. But you can extend them to m7 chords.asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3. But to ensure that you have no excuses for not trying this in other keys. 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium And the Type 2 progression will be: Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the backing tracks: Backing Track . Download all files in on zip-file. V7 as turnaround chord.B.Lesson 1. But you should learn these basic forms first. King Chains & Things Am King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) Backing Track .01.MinorBlues-5 A Basic Minor Blues progression Type 1: Major V7 chord.torvund. You should have not problem translating them into other keys. i chord in bar 2.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues . and I will come back to a few of them later. I have only written the basic minor triads. King Help The Poor Dm King of The Blues (UK) Live at the Regal (UK) King of The Blues (UK) King of The Blues (Amazon US / UK) It does not follow a 12-bar form. There are of course many variations. Experiment! I have written all examples in Am only. but it is built around the chords from this progression B. major VI chord. I will give you this table of chords for various minor keys: C-minor i iv IV v V7 Cm Fm F Gm G7 C#-minor C#m F#m F# G#m G#7 D-minor Dm Gm G Am A7 E-minor Em Am A Bm B7 F#-minor F#m Bm B C#m C#7 G-minor Gm Cm C Dm D7 G#-minor G#m C#m C# D#m D#7 A-minor Am Dm D Em E7 B-minor Bm Em E F#m F#7 http://www. major VI chord.2005 04:04:57 . Download all files in on zip-file 65 Very slow 90 Slow 120 Medium Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm Cm C#m Dm Em F#m Gm G#m Am Bm These are the basic forms of minor blues progressions. V7 as turnaround chord. IV chord in bar 2. but you should practise them in different keys.B.

2005 04:04:57 . Part 2 Further references 12-bars. Part 3 Minor Blues Lesson 1.part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/MinorBlues_1-3.01.net I appreciate comments http://www. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 1.torvund.Blues Guitar – Minor Blues .

The 5th is on 6th string. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 4)07. If you are playing with someone who is playing trumpet. if you insist on E-major. then the band will play the full chord. the seventh is added. From what I said above. Based on this. you can play blues comp with a jazzy touch in any key. Retailers: The second chord is a 7th without the root. You need the root note to establish the root key. they will have to play in the key F#-major. In this key. even if the notes are not played. If one should be precise. The I7 chord will call for a solution to the IV-chord. using these two chord shapes. it will be Bdim. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter By learning these two simple chord shapes. I will not use this chord too much as a I chord (root) in a blues.01. you do not move your 3rd finger. That is six sharps. The interval between the two is a Tritone. You move the first and second finger between the 6th and the 4th strings.12-bars. If you remove a note from a chord. It will get boring after some time if you only use these chords. 3 and 7 (when the 5th is left out). the root gives identity. But I will start with a standard 12-bar blues. than to keep the stability. When changing from one to the other. they have five flats. If one should be precise. D. If we think of the chord as a 7th chord. The favorite guitar keys are very difficult to play on most wind instruments. But if you are playing in a band. But it is this unstable and usettled tonality that makes the simple blues form so rich and fascinating. these labels are not correct. Bbmajor and Eb-major is not as difficult for us as our favorite keys are for them. even if the guitar player only play a partial chord. It is more important to keep the identity and the character. they will have to play Db-major. The chord is in root position. if you insist on playing in E-major on the guitar. this chord should loose it's identity. give me your vote: Notice the fingerings of these two chords. If you like the site. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . type 2.. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www. The two most important notes in a 7th chord are the 3rd and the 7th. As long as you use moveable shapes. the third gives character and the fifth gives stability. You can make variations by taking these chordshapes out of the standard 12-bar framework. which gives us the notes 1.torvund. some other may play the root.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars. the 5th becomes less important. 9th. built on the third note. 7th on 4th string and the 3rd on 3rd string. with the root on 6th string. The first chord is a 7th without the 5th.Blues Guitar . such a chord is a diminished triad. etc.part 1 C-major Diddie Has Something There 12-bars. 3rd on 4th stringand the 7th on 3rd string. In a basic triad (three-note chord). Now we get to this very simple 12 Bar blues in Bb. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . the fifth is usually the first to go. And it does. But they are the basis. When we expand the chord to 7th. And often our ear will "hear" notes that it expects to hear. no keys are difficult. These two chord-shapes are often labeled as 7-chords. If we play it as a good old G7. G and C. and it is easy to be thrown out of key if you resolve the chord this way. To play F-major. If the bass player is playing the root. you have to break out of our loved keys of E. In a 7th chord. If someone is playing alto saxophone. you will never get this solution. It remains in the same position on the 3rd string. If you want to play with other people.2005 04:05:00 . a disonant interval that calls for a resolution. If you play the root chord as a 7th chord. played in two keys that many guitar players will do anything to avoid: Bb and Eb. it will be in 2nd inversion. Both the chord shapes have this tritone. A.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.

The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. but I play only the notes in the chords as they are written.. minor. rock 'n' roll.July 2002 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) http://www. You can download this MP3 file to hear me play the same chords. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. but with some rhytmic variations.part 1 The very "perfect" and strict playing in these MIDI files is a bit boring. and jazzy blues progressions. I play fingerstyle with a monotone bass in straight 4/4.01. intros. turnarounds.Blues Guitar . Chicago. shuffle. bebop. and other blues styles.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1. PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book.asp (2 of 4)07. This is one of my favorites! See more info.2005 04:05:00 . soloing.12-bars. slow. Covers: boogie. swing. accompanying keyboards and more. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . and some rhytmic variations on the middle strings. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. riff.. and other forms of popular music. It is not played as written.torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

ToC Review:

No HL695187 Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (3 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 1

q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

C-major Diddie Has Something There Further references

12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-1.asp (4 of 4)07.01.2005 04:05:00

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2
12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3

There are two basic ways to combine these two chord shapes in a blues context. In the next example we will use the second shape for the root (I) chord, and the first shape for the IV and V chords. But remember that the second shape has not root, so the basic key will not be as firmly established when we use the chords this way. This time we play in Eb.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Blues Guitar - 12-bars, two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - part 2

PDF-File

Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book, Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz, rock 'n' roll, and other forms of popular music. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. Covers: boogie, shuffle, swing, riff, and jazzy blues progressions; Chicago, minor, slow, bebop, and other blues styles; soloing, intros, turnarounds, accompanying keyboards and more. This is one of my favorites! See more info... This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month - July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. It explores shuffle, boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Includes tab and notation, and covers Delta, country, Chicago, Kansas City, Texas, New Orleans, West Coast, and bebop blues. As the name says, the book focuses on the shuffle, and not the blues as such. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format, it will take you through various blues progressions, as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. (HL695005) See more info... Jim Ferguson - All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. By Jim Ferguson. Book/CD package. Rhythm/backup. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues, which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. (There are many other chords as well). Unless jazz is you main interest, I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues, before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. 92 pages. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. - Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. ToC No MB96842BCD
This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003

Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK)

Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK

Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US)

Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. by Corey Christiansen. For Guitar (All). Rhythm/ backup. Progressions. Gig Savers. Blues. Level: Beginning. Book. Size 5.5x8. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. By Frank Vignola. For Guitar (Flatpick). accompaniment. Vignola Play Along. Jazz. Level: Intermediate. Book. Size 8.75x11.75. 16 pages. Published by Mel Bay Publications, Inc. See more info... ToC No MB99768 Review:

12-bar blues

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:03

Blues Guitar .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 1 Further references 12-bars.12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.2005 04:05:03 .torvund.01.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-2. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.part 2 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . then you will remember that we have touched upon these tritones in a blues context before.2005 04:05:05 . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 12-bars. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. just to show how these ideas can be put togehter. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 3)07.12-bars.Blues Guitar . We will combine these three-note chords with what is covered in the Tritone Blues lesson. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 If you have worked your way through my Blues Guitar Series.torvund.part 3 12-bars.01.

the book focuses on the shuffle. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. Unless jazz is you main interest. 92 pages. Gig Savers.12-bars. West Coast.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. Book. ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues.torvund. Book/CD package. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book. Inc. Rhythm/backup. Kansas City. and other forms of popular music.part 3 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. accompanying keyboards and more. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style. riff.. Covers: boogie. Chicago. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. Chicago. minor. swing.. Inc.. Size 8. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Level: Beginning. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . country. Blues. and other blues styles. Level: Intermediate. . by Corey Christiansen. and not the blues as such. (There are many other chords as well). bebop. New Orleans. Jim Ferguson .2005 04:05:05 . Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.01. slow. See more info. rock 'n' roll. shuffle... I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. and jazzy blues progressions. Vignola Play Along.75. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar..75x11.Blues Guitar . As the name says.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. accompaniment. and covers Delta.asp (2 of 3)07. See more info. Includes tab and notation. and bebop blues. turnarounds. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. It explores shuffle.. As the name says.. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. intros. it will take you through various blues progressions. (HL695005) See more info. Texas. Progressions. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. and not the blues as such.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. By Jim Ferguson. soloing. Rhythm/ backup. 16 pages. the book focuses on the shuffle. For Guitar (Flatpick). Book. This is one of my favorites! See more info. Published by Mel Bay Publications. Jazz. Size 5. But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. By Frank Vignola.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues.5x8. For Guitar (All). This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. 16 pages.

torvund. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.asp (3 of 3)07. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 2 Further references 12-bars.01.part 3 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord.Blues Guitar .2005 04:05:05 .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net I appreciate comments http://www.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-3. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .

give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.Blues Gitar .2005 04:05:08 .torvund.01. If you play this chord at 4th and 5th fret. and at 6th and 7th fret it will be E7.part 4 12-bars. I am using the chords mentioned above.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4. at least I would use it as a variations. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar When constructing examples for lessons. But it gets boring when you play only A in the bass for 10 out of the 12 bars. I would make other choices and include more variations. But when doing so. So I would probably use another variation of the IV chord (D7). In the example below. we move away from the two shapes we started with. And we will hang on to these shapes for a few more (forthcomming) lessons. you get D7.asp (1 of 3)07. The example in the previous part illustrates the relation between our three note chords and the song from the Tritone Blues lesson. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . I try to do it in a way that clearly illustrates the point in this lesson. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site. If I should make real music.12-bars. New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 12-bars.

and not the blues as such. swing. Progressions. turnarounds. Texas. This book/CD pack is solely devoted to providing guitarists with Bestseller! all the technical tools necessary for playing 12-bar blues with authority. Book. (There are many other chords as well). For Guitar (Flatpick). ToC No MB20030 Review: Order from: Comping the Blues SheetmusicPlus Jazz-Blues. The CD includes 24 full-band tracks. it will take you through various blues progressions. West Coast. Size 5. and bebop blues. and covers Delta. As the name says. rock 'n' roll. riff. Covers: boogie. Inc. the book focuses on the shuffle. and jazzy blues progressions.July 2002 ToC No HL695187 Review: Dave Rubin: The Art of the Shuffle. In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context. See more info. and not the blues as such. as an added bonus to the exploration of the shuffle style.. Book/CD package. 16 pages. bebop.. intros. . But as all examples are in a 12-bar blues format. It explores shuffle. For Guitar (All). By Jim Ferguson. Gig Savers. minor.part 4 PDF-File Dave Rubin: 12 Bar Blues In the book. Includes tab and notation. by Corey Christiansen.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4.75x11. ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) MusicRoom (UK) Order From: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) Order from: Gig Savers: Blues Changes SheetmusicPlus For Serious Players. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues.. 92 pages. the book focuses on the shuffle. Rhythm/ backup. Vignola Play Along. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Inc. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book.75. slow.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Jim Ferguson . Unless jazz is you main interest. accompanying keyboards and more.. which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. Level: Beginning.. shuffle. and other blues styles. boogie and swing rhythms for guitar. Chicago. New Orleans.01. Book. I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. Dave Rubin explores the 12 bar blues form. As the name says. Rhythm/backup. Blues. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub. (HL695005) See more info. Published by Mel Bay Publications..Blues Gitar .5x8. country. Chicago. Kansas City. The term '12bar blues' has become synonymous with blues music and is the basis for an incredible body of jazz. Size 8. Jazz. 16 pages. and other forms of popular music.. See more info. This book was selected as Guitar Book of the Month . soloing. Level: Intermediate. This is one of my favorites! See more info. Published by Mel Bay Publications. By Frank Vignola.torvund..asp (2 of 3)07.2005 04:05:08 .12-bars. ToC No MB99768 Review: 12-bar blues http://www. accompaniment.

BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz – Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.2005 04:05:08 .part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution For more on tritones and the diminished chord. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Three_note_chords-4.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Gitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bars. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .torvund.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .

The Db7 chord has the notes Db-F-Ab-Cb.2005 04:05:11 . we shall go back to where we stopped in the 12-bars. In Db7.The Flat Five Substitution . and the flat five substitution for E7 will be Bb7. you will look for another tune when you see chords like Eb7. for instance an F and a B. We should understand the concept. and the chord would be some kind of a sixth chord. As the interval is symetric. Instead of A7 you can play Eb7. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter You have probably heard jazz musician talk about the flat five substitution many times. The key to this substitution is that the two most important notes in a 7th chord is the 3rd and the 7th. From F to B is an augmented fourth = six half steps = tritone. If you leave out one of these. The first will then give us an A7 chord. and we have a Eb7. a diminished fifth up from F. and play some blues with flat five substitution. the chord will loose it's character as a 7th chord.torvund. The interval between these notes is tritone. it would be an augmented fourth. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz Retailers: If you like the site. but not the two notes that make up the tritone. But our ears do not distinguish between the two. You will have to change fingering of both the 6th and 4th http://www. which makes it a symetric interval. you have to go back to some previous lessons. The tritone divides the scale into two equal parts.part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution .asp (1 of 2)07.part 1 Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . Ab7 and Bb7. Our ears will not distinguish between a diminished fifth and an augmented fourth. But they are very simple. which means that they are the same note spelled in two different ways. If you are not familiar with the tritone. the correct spelling of the note is Cb. If we start from the G7 chord. If you are like many of your fellow guitar players. From B to F is a diminished (or flat) fifth = six half steps = tritone.01. We just hear the tritone. Cb and B are enharmonic. we will also end on Db if we go down a diminished fifth. Then we move the note on the 6th string up one fret. With this new knowledge. The flat five substitution for A7 will be Eb7. and we will be in the key of A this time. We will use the same two chord shapes as we used in 12-bars. it is not enough to know. for D7 it will be Ab7. The other notes have changed.Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. If we spelled it B. We can substitute the other notes in a 7th chord. the 3rd is a B and the 7th is an F. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz lesson. we end at Db. If we go up one diminished fifth from G (six half steps).Music Theory for Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01. We will still use only the two chord shapes from this lesson. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 A7/Eb7 We play both shapes based on 5th fret. And this is the key to the flat five substitution: The tritone in the Db7 is the same as the tritone in a G7. But in my opinion. but we have kept the two important ones. You can learn to know that you can alway substitute a dominant 7th chord or any extension of such chords with the dominiant 7th a flat five above or below.

and keep the tritone. These notes constitute an Eb7 without root.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . In the next part we will apply this flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar progression.part 1 string – this is at least how I prefer to play this change. When we play at 5th fret on the 6th string. I have combined the two. G and Db function as an Eb7. It would be more precise to say the the notes Bb. to show the relation. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . which is an A7 without the fifth. so we will not hear the difference. we get the notes Bb. What we really have is a Gdim. and we have to keep these notes in both chords.torvund. The tritone is the interval between G and C#.Music Theory for Guitar . G and Db. Db is enharmonic with C#. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. The black notes constitute the tritone.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-01.2005 04:05:11 .The Flat Five Substitution . we get the notes A.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. It is not really an Eb7 when there is no root note (Eb) in the chord. In the shape to the right. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .asp (2 of 2)07. G and C#.net I appreciate comments http://www. If we move up to the 6th fret on the 6th string.Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 2
The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (1 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

PDF-File If you know your music theory, and read standard notation, you should notice that the notation for the Eb7 chord is not correct in all bars where this chord occurs. In the first example below, it is written as Bb-G-C#, which is not correct. The correct spelling, as in the second example, is Bb-G-Db. But I want to make clear, also in the notation, that we have the same tritone – G - C#/Db – in both chords. I had to make a compromise. I prefer to illustrate, also in the notation, that it is the same notes, even if they might change their names. In the second example, we do not keep the tritone as the chord change, so then there was no reason not to write it correctly.

The Ab7 is not correctly written either. It is written as the first example to the right, with the notes AbF#-C. It should be no F# in a Ab7, it should be written as the enharmonic Gb, and the notes should be written as in the correct example to the far right: Ab-Gb-C. But again I prefer to illustrate that the note does not change from D7 to Ab7, even though it change name.

You do have to use the flat five substitution for passing chords only, as we will see in part three.

For more on tritones and the diminished chord, go to:
q q

q

q

Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords:

Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords

q q

q

Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change

q

q

q

q

q

Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (2 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 2

12-bar blues
q

q

q

q

Classic Lesson: 1 - BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues

q

q

q

Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars, Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz - Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4

q

q

q

Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord - Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution

The Flat Five Substitution Part 1 Further references

The Flat Five Substitution Part 3

GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review

Home

The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co

© Olav Torvund

University of Oslo NRCCL

olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-02.asp (3 of 3)07.01.2005 04:05:13

Music Theory for Guitar - The Flat Five Substitution - part 3

Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages

Guitar Lessons

Book of the Month January 2005

The Flat Five Substitution - part 3
The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4

As said in part 1, now we will use the flat five substitution to introduce some passing chords in the 12-bar blues. No new chord shapes are used, only new positions.
Happy Traum: Blues Guitar

New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter

Retailers:

If you like the site, give me your vote:

Recommended Books etc on Music Theory

Go here for links to other Music Theory sites

http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03.asp (1 of 2)07.01.2005 04:05:15

You will find that in part 4.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Music Theory for Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-03.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 2 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. You have to take it from here and experiment with your own variations.part 3 PDF-File Once again I will remind you that these examples are designed to illustrate how you can apply these chords. and not composed to make exciting music.torvund. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.01.The Flat Five Substitution . go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . We have to do the same in another key.asp (2 of 2)07.2005 04:05:15 . to make sure that you will be able to play in all keys.net I appreciate comments http://www.

Music Theory for Guitar . If you learn to play these progressions in A and D.2005 04:05:18 . you should be able to play in any key. give me your vote: Recommended Books etc on Music Theory Go here for links to other Music Theory sites http://www.asp (1 of 3)07. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 This is basically the same 12-bar blues variation as in part 3.torvund.The Flat Five Substitution . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . but this time it is in D-major.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04.01.

I have chosen C#7 and not Db7. If you would have preferred other labels.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. Also in this example. just say that I have made a choice that can be discussed. I am just sticking to the golden rule of music: If it sounds right.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .part 4 PDF-File I have included one chord that is neither a primary chord or a flat five substitution for any of those. I have noe explanation why a C7 should work in this context.asp (2 of 3)07. For more on tritones and the diminished chord. but is written Bb-C#-Eb.Music Theory for Guitar . The version of Ab7 that is used should be written as Ab-Gb-C.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Flat Five Substitution Part 3 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . and not a diminshed (flatted) fifth above the G. One could also argue that it would be more corret to use G#7 instead of Ab7. it is right.01. One could also discuss how the chords should be labeled. but is written as Ab-F#-C The Eb7 should be written Bb-Db-Eb. Again the reason is that it would be more difficult to see that we are playing the same notes. But then it is an augmented fourth. and D#7 instead of Eb7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04. I have put it in because I think it fits well into the flow of chords.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . even though the names are changing. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:18 . This is the C7 in bar 5. I am not going to discuss the choices. two chords are not correctly written in the standard notation. because C# is a note that belongs to the A-major scale.The Flat Five Substitution . your choice would be as "correct" as mine.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .

The Flat Five Substitution .2005 04:05:18 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Music Theory for Guitar .part 4 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-04.torvund.01.

part 5 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter I use the A7 as the basis in all examples. and then at 9th fret at 6th and 10th fret on the 5th string.01. give me your vote: Tritone on 3rd and 4th fret Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr 3 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 9th and 10th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 7 fr 7 fr 8 fr 8 fr http://www. you should have a little bit more to play with. Before going on. In our context. meaning that we still get a tritone if the interval is inverted). I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords.The Flat Five Substitution . as we did in the examples so far. But the positions are moveable.torvund.part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Before closing. We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords.2005 04:05:21 . and the the tritone is symetric. with the Eb7 as the flat five substitution chord.Music Theory for Guitar . (The distance from C# to G is the same as the distance from G to C#.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. The tritone in these two chords are C#–G and G–Db. As this tritone is on the two bottom strings. If you like the site. Retailers: Tritone on 6th and 5th string We can start by building 3-note 7th chords around the tritone on the 6th and 5th string. The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7. First you need to know where you find the tritone on you guitar. These are the five basic tritone positions: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. We find the tritone in two positions: 3rd fret on 6th string and 4th on 5th. and Gdim may function as Eb7. we have to vary the notes in the treble. a C#dim may function as an A7.asp (1 of 3)07. and not the bass-note. I will remind you that the C# and Db are enharmonic.

I will remind you to see which notes we are adding to the tritone to get these chords. To get the A7 without fifth. Notice that it is a tritone (flat fifth) between the two tritone intervals.2005 04:05:21 . To get the Eb7 without fifth we add an Eb (root).The Flat Five Substitution .asp (2 of 3)07. The next tritone is at 5th string 10th fret (G) and 4th string 11th fret (C#/Db). Tritone on 4th and 5th fret 4 fr 4 fr 2 fr 2 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr 4 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 10th and 11th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 10 fr 8 fr 8 fr Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr 10 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Before we continue. To get an A7 without root we add an E (the fifth).01. Still using the same chords in our example. http://www. This also means that you can get a flat five substitution by moving any of these chords up or down six frets. and to get the Eb7 without root we add a Bb (fifth).part 5 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr 9 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 5th and 4th string Now we move our tritone to the 5th and 4th string. we find the frist tritone at 5th string 4th fret (C#/Db) and 4th string 5th fret (G). This equals 6 frets.Music Theory for Guitar .torvund. we add an A (the root).net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05.

go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues .Music Theory for Guitar . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .torvund.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 4 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.The Flat Five Substitution .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-05. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.2005 04:05:21 .part 5 For chords with the next tritones. go to part 6.

Happy Traum: Blues Guitar Tritone on 4th and 3rd string New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. there are a few more chords than the ones we have covered so far. and then at 11th fret at 4th and 12th fret on the 3rd string.part 6 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . We have removed either the 5th or the root from the chords. we find the tritone in two positions: 5th fret on 4th string and 6th on 3rd. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Now we are back to where we started: Chords with the tritones on the 4th and 3rd strings.01.The Flat Five Substitution . Still in A7 / Eb7. But as you will see. Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr 5 fr Retailers: A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 4 fr 4 fr 5 fr 5 fr If you like the site. give me your vote: A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 11th and 12th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr 11 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr Go here for links to other Music Theory sites A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 10 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 Tritone on 3rd and 2nd string http://www. and Gdim may function as Eb7. The dominant7 chord without the root is really a dim chord that function as a dominant7.Music Theory for Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.asp (1 of 3)07. a C#dim may function as an A7.part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 I remind you that these chords are not full 7th chords.torvund.2005 04:05:25 . In our context.

Music Theory for Guitar . and not a perfect fourht. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .The Flat Five Substitution . go to part 7. But as chords with open strings are not moveable. the shape here is different.torvund. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . as it is between the other strings. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret. When reaching 12th fret.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.part 6 As the inteval between the 3rd and 2nd string is a major third. we stick to the 12/14th fret. With the chosen chords. and some other tritone shapes. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret. For more on tritones and the diminished chord.asp (2 of 3)07.01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song Michelle http://www.2005 04:05:25 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. we can also go down one octave. Tritone on 5th and 6th fret 5 fr 5 fr 6 fr 6 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 6 fr 6 fr 5 fr 5 fr A7 Eb7 (Gdim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) Tritone on 12th and 14th fret 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 12 fr 12 fr 11 fr 11 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 For chords with tritones on string 2 and 1.

asp (3 of 3)07.torvund.Music Theory for Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.2005 04:05:25 .part 6 The Flat Five Substitution Part 5 Further references The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-06.The Flat Five Substitution .

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07. we can also go down one octave.Music Theory for Guitar . 6 fr 6 fr 7 fr 7 fr http://www.. The next is on 2nd string 8th fret and 1st string 9th fret. Tritone on 2nd and 3rd fret Retailers: A7 (C#dim) A7 Eb7 (Gdim) If you like the site. we end at 2nd string 14th fret and 1st string 15th fret. With the chosen chords. But first we have to look at the tritone on 2nd and 1st string. we stick to the 12/14th fret. you will find that this combination of strings are a bit hard to play for these chords. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter This is the last tritone on adjacent strings.2005 04:05:32 .01.The Flat Five Substitution . give me your vote: Eb7 Tritone on 8th and 9th fret Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 5 fr 5 fr 8 fr 12 fr Recommended Books etc on Music Theory A7 Go here for links to other Music Theory sites Eb7 (Gdim) A7 (C#dim) Eb7 If you try the chords above.part 7 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 The Flat Five Substitution . as you get some hard stretches. the first tritone is on 3rd string 6th fret and 2nd string 8th fret. and the last we will build chord around in this lesson. and we will end the lesson by showing a few of them.asp (1 of 3)07.part 7 The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Add the m7 chord Part 1 Tritone on 2nd and 1st string Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. We find the first tritone on 2nd sting 2nd fret and 1st string 3rd fret. and we have the tritone on open 3rd string and 2nd string 2nd fret. and the second on 3rd string 12th fret and 2nd string 14th fret. If we go one octave up from the first. But there are more tritones. But as chords with open strings are not moveable. When reaching 12th fret.

but I list them just to be sure.2005 04:05:32 . The first is a real tritone.Music Theory for Guitar . But this will not be before next month and next newsletter. We will put in some m7 chords. Remember that you can substitute both ways: A7 can be substituted by Eb7. There are a few other tritones you can play on the guitar. But we will not leave the 12-bar blues and three-note chords yet. C7 / Edim F#/Gb7 / Bbdim C#/Db7 / Fdim G7 / Bdim D7 / F#dim Ab7 / Cdim Eb7 / Gdim A7 / C#dim E7 / G#/Abdim Bb7 / Ddim F7 / Adim B7 / D#/Ebdim Now we will leave tritones for a while.The Flat Five Substitution . You should be able to figure out which chords can be substituted by which by now. go to: q q q q Theory: Theory: triad Theory: chord Chords: Tritone interval The diminished The dominant 7th dim chords q q q Chords: Dim7 chords Progressions: Chord diminished Progressions: V7-I change q q q q q Tritone Blues . The others are tritone +octave.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 * Part 5 * Part 6 * Part 7 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution Song: The Beatles' song http://www. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . For more on tritones and the diminished chord. and Eb7 by A7. The chords in each column can substitute each other.01.asp (2 of 3)07.part 7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 Eb7 (Gdim) 8 fr 8 fr A7 (C#dim) Tritone on 14th and 15th fret Eb7 11 fr 11 fr 12 fr 12 fr A7 (C#dim) Eb7 A7 (C#dim) Eb7 There are of course more chords that can be played with tritone on 14th and 15th fret.torvund. but these are the four where we partly used open strings on the lower position.

net I appreciate comments http://www.01.torvund.2005 04:05:32 .asp (3 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/FlatFive-07.Music Theory for Guitar .The Flat Five Substitution .part 7 Michelle The Flat Five Substitution Part 6 Further references Add the m7 chord Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

torvund. we will start with a variation of the 12-bar blues we used in part 1 of the Three Note Chord . and they are both three-note fingerings with one note omitted.Part 1 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 It is recommended that you start with the lesson 12-bars. and it has the notes C-E-G-A.Blues Guitar . We will once again be in the key of Bb. As you see.1-7-b3 voicing Am7 when played at 5th fret m7 . Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. which does not change the identity or the charachter of the m7 chord. give me your vote: m7 .2005 04:05:35 . go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m (maj7) 7#5 The Flat Five Substitution Part 7 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 http://www. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz before this lesson. We will use two m7 chord shapes.Part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . and we will use the Cm7 chord. The Am7 in root position is the same as C6 in third inversion. and the chord will loose it's identity as an A-type chord. It does not call for a resolution in the same way as a dominant 7.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1. The relative m7 to C6 is Am7. and the dominant 7 is a major chord.asp (1 of 2)07. But it is still a useful chord. You should know a little bit about the relation between the 6-chord and it's relative m7 chord. These chords can substitute each other. Retailers: In the second shape. it will not the character of major chord. Here the 5th is omitted. But a very important difference is that there is no tritone in the minor7 chord. But if we invert the chord.5-b3-7 voicing (Major 3-1-5) Am7 (C) when played at 10th fret In Part 2 of this lesson. As the 3rd is omitted. and the flat five substitution does not apply. If you like the site.01. they both have the same notes. and get the notes C-G-A.Lesson. which has the notes A-C-E-G. The first has the notes 1-b7-b3. Here the root is omitted. which is the ii-chord of Bb. we have the notes E-C-G. if we stick to Am7. It is really a C-chord. A C6 is the C with an added 6th. or A-G-C. and the C6 is the same as Am7 in first inversion. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites For more on 7th chords in general. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter If we compare the minor7 with the dominant 7 one difference is of course that the minor7 is a minor chord. if you have not been through it already.the m7 chord . it would be the 1-5-6 of a C6.

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-1.torvund.asp (2 of 2)07.01.2005 04:05:35 .Blues Guitar .Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.the m7 chord .

net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.01.Blues Guitar .asp (1 of 3)07. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.Part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .the m7 chord .torvund. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File http://www.2005 04:05:38 .

BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . But he does not explain why he use it.Mel Bay Fingerstyle Jazz. Jim Ferguson has a jazz approach to the blues. If we should put these chords in the context of C-minor.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . I will suggest that you start with Dave Rubin's 12 Bar Blues. Amazon UK Order from: SheetmusicPlus (US) For more on 7th chords in general.asp (2 of 3)07. Book/CD package. before going on with Jim Ferguson's book.torvund.01. But as we do not let this key get time to settle. and I have not been able to figure it out myself. Published by Guitar Master Class Pub.2005 04:05:38 .the m7 chord . ToC No MB96842BCD This book was selected as Book of the Month February 2003 In part 3 we will play the same progression in Eb. Rhythm/backup. and we will then land on the I7 (root) chord in bar 11. which will create a ii7-V7-I7 when it resolves at the first bar of the next verse. we are only hinting at the key C-minor.Blues Guitar . who use it a lot in his book All Blues For Jazz Guitar. I have difficulties explaining the function of the VI7 chord in the context of the home key. we are almost modulating to C-minor. which is most important. it would have been the V7-i chords of this key.Part 2 Instead of playing V7-IV7 in bars 9 and 10. Unless jazz is you main interest. 92 pages. I have stolen the chord and it's function in this progression form Jim Ferguson. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz . I have also intrduced a VI7 chord (G7 when we are in the key of Bb) in bar 8. What we then get is the ii-V-I progression. we will again play ii7-V7. By playing these chord.All Blues for Jazz Guitar Jazz-Blues. In the last bar of the turnaround.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . which means jazz comping and more sophisticated chords. rather than modulating to it. By Jim Ferguson. . (There are many other chords as well). In this book you will learn many arrangements based on three-note 7th chords (which often could be labeled as dim chords) in a blues context.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars. and the second half of bar 11. But it works. (Does anyone out there have a good answer to this?) Jim Ferguson . we will play ii7-V7.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 1 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. to use the other chord positions.

Part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.01.2005 04:05:38 .the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-2.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Blues Guitar .net I appreciate comments http://www.

2005 04:05:42 . When you have learned this progression in Bb and Eb. you should be able to play it in any key.torvund.the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.01.Part 3 The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 This is the same progression as in part 2. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Part 3 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . but now we are playing in Eb. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 2)07.Blues Guitar . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.

Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 2 Further references The Minor 7th Chord Part 4 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 . For more on 7th chords in general. Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:42 .Blues Guitar .Part 3 PDF-File In part 4 we will re-introduce all the added chords based on Flat Five Substitution.net I appreciate comments http://www.the m7 chord .01.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.asp (2 of 2)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-3.Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues . and combine them the m7 chord and the basic progression introduced in this lesson.torvund.

asp (1 of 3)07.torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.01.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Lesson 1 Part 1 Here we are developing further the progression we used in the Flat Five Substitution Lesson .Part 4 The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Turnaround .Part 3.Part 4 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites http://www.2005 04:05:44 . Go to this lesson if you think we are going into too unfamiliar territory.the m7 chord .

Again the reason is that the chord we come from.We are running into the same problem here. the various spelling of notes do not make any difference. The E7 does not have Ab.the m7 chord . and I want those of you who might be interested (if any) to know why I sometimes deviate from this principle. But I want to use correct note spelling. The reason is that we are comming from a Eb7. which has the Db. this is not an issue. you may recall that I discussed the notation of the chords. so the chord is notated as 1-7-b4 instead of the correct 1-7-3. so I prefer to use this label and basic spelling. the spelling of the B7 in bar 10 should have been B-A-D#. One could argue that it should have been spelled as the enharmonic chord Fb7 instead of E7. The A7 in a 1-7-3 voicing should be notated with some kind of a 1. In bar 4. I have chosen to notate the enharmonic Db instead of C#. we come from a Bb7 that has the note Ab in it. For more on 7th chords in general. E7 is familar territory. it just formally change it's name. In bar 6.Part 4 PDF-File If you have been through the Flat Five Substitution Lesson .Blues Guitar . so there I have preferred the correct spelling. In the first example. Again it is a kind of information you do not really have to worry about. has a Eb in it. which would be some kind of A. But then we would have had trouble with the D on top. and not a third. The C-type note here is a C#. But I do not think many guitar players easily can relate to the Fb7 chord and the note Ebb. when playing the chords Eb7-A7. 7 and 3 note. the F7. and I guess that the majority of you readers out there would not notice the difference. By spelling the bass note Cb instead of B. and not B-A-Eb. In the next example. as in bars 2 and 5. The Db is some kind of a 4th. In bar 9 (second example).2005 04:05:44 .asp (2 of 3)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4. We have the same kind of problem with the E7 chord. so here I have used a correct spelling of the E7 chord. Finally. despite that it will give an incorrect notation of the E7 chord. But again I prefer to keep the Ab to make clear that the note is note moving. It is only a matter if you read the standard notation.01. G and C. In Fb7 the correct spelling would have been Ebb. go to: q q Theory: Seventh Chords Chords: 7th chord q Chords: A Chord Exercise – dominant 7th chord dim7 7b5 q Progressions: V7-I change 7th Chord types: (dominant) 7th maj7 m7 mM7 (m(maj7) 7#5 12-bar blues http://www.Part 2. and we have to make a compromize between a correct notation and a notation that shows the voice leading. I keep the Db spelling.torvund. and to make clear that this note is not moving. the movement in the bass would have been clearer. where the first example is taken from. In tablature. the reason is that we are going to the Bb7 with a Ab in the next bar. but the enharmonic G#. we do not have this kind of problem.

Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 q q q Blues Guitar: The Flat-five Substitution – Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Guitar – Add the m7 chord .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Minor7-4.torvund.Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 The same in Theory: The Flat-five Substitution The Minor 7th Chord Part 3 Further references Turnaround .the m7 chord . Two Chord Shapes and a Touch of Jazz .2005 04:05:44 .asp (3 of 3)07.net I appreciate comments http://www.01.Lesson 1 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .Part 4 q q q q Classic Lesson: 1 .Part 1 * Part 2 * Part 3 * Part 4 Blues Gutiar: 12-bars.BASIC BLUES Blues Guitar Lesson 1: The 12 bar blues in E Blues Guitar Lesson 2: Some variations of the 12-bar blues in E Chord Progressions: Basic 12-bar blues q q q Lesson 14: Blues in A introduction Tritone Blues .

In those days. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is arpeggiated chords.01. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.asp (1 of 4)07. The first one is some simple rhythmic variations. and we were very proud when we had learned to play it.Lesson 1. If you like the site. we thought that this was the turnaround.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . these chords can be the basis for many turnaround licks.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.Lesson 1 Part 1 Turnaround . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: The next example is the first turnaround I learned.Lesson 1. http://www.torvund.Lesson 1 Part 3 As I said in the introduction to part 1.2005 04:05:47 . part 2 Turnaround . I will give you a few examples og licks that are all based on the sequence of diminished chords.

2005 04:05:47 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.asp (2 of 4)07. it turns into a dim7 chord. part 2 The next two are some variations that it should not be necessary to comment. http://www. The next is arpeggiated chords. When adding this E. The last one is interesting because we open the first string when playing the Gdim chord.Lesson 1.torvund.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .01.

Published by Hal Leonard. 9x12 inches.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .asp (3 of 4)07.Lesson 1 Part 3 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. See more info. lyrics. Bestseller! introductory text. written by Wolf Marshall. With standard guitar notation..torvund.2005 04:05:47 . 112 pages. Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Signature Licks.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . Series: Hal Leonard Guitar Recorded Versions. guitar tablature. chord names. guitar chord diagrams. ToC No HL695250 Review: Eric Clapton: From The Album Eric Clapton Unplugged Acoustic Rock.. fill-ins. Format: guitar tablature songbook. For guitar. guitar notation legend. vocal melody..Lesson 1.. For guitar and voice. Transcribed by Jesse Gress. (HL694869) See more info. Acoustic Rock.Lesson 1 Part 1 Further references Turnaround . 9x12 inches. Published by Hal Leonard. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Series: Hal Leonard . guitar tablature. vocal melody. Blues rock and adult contemporary. Order from: SheetmusicPlus From MusicRoom Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . chord names.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2. is Eric Claptons unplugged version of Before You Accuse Me.01. Includes instructional book and examples CD. With standard guitar notation. lyrics. part 2 One good example on how these chords can be used in turarnounds. instructional text and performance notes. guitar chord diagrams and guitar notation legend. solos etc. Performed by Eric Clapton. 72 pages. Performed by Eric Clapton.

net I appreciate comments http://www.torvund.2005 04:05:47 .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .01.asp (4 of 4)07.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-2.Lesson 1. part 2 Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.

. which is a substantial number for a blues re-issue.A. but it is still nothing more than a plan for a future lesson.torvund.E sequence up five frets (a fourth). Bestseller! Published by Hal Leonard. CD374890 More information Order from: SheetmusicPlus MusicRoom (UK) Amazon UK Amazon UK http://www.Signature Licks A Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Legendary Guitarist's Style and Technique.Lesson 1 Part 2 Turnaround . By Dave Rubin. Book and CD package. ToC No HL695264 Review: Robert Johnson: The Complete Recordings There are several collections of Robert Johnson's songs.) Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites Robert Johnson . With notes and tablature. (For a long time it has been my intent to discuss Kindhearted Woman a little more in depth.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.G#dim .Gdim F#dim . and the chords will be A .Lesson 1. The record has sold more than 500.2005 04:05:54 .C#dim . give me your vote: Listen to the opening ant the break in Robert Johnson's tune Kindhearted Woman for an example on how these chords can be used in A-major. If we move the E .01. part 3 Turnaround . and can be used in any key. 64 pages.asp (1 of 4)07. Performed by Robert Johnson. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .Lesson 1. we go to A-major. Signature Licks (Authentic guitar transcriptions in notes and tab).Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Bestsellers New Books Newsletter A C#dim Cdim Bdim Retailers: If you like the site.Lesson 2 Part 1 These chord postiotions are all moveable. Size 9x12 inches. Chosen as Book of the Month December 2002. See more info. but I see no reason not to get this double CD set with his total output of 41 recordings (incl alternate takes).000.Cdim Bdim .. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.

01.D. First we will move to the strings 4.Lesson 1.asp (2 of 4)07. C Edim Ebdim Ddim http://www. where you have to play a few open strings.The New Transcriptions SheetmusicPlus Since this is published by the same publisher as the previous. Bestseller! More information ToC No HL690271 Review: In the next part of this lesson. In this part 2. and go to they key D-major.Fdim .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . so I do not know. D F#dim Fdim Edim Move it down two frets. I will introduce some other chord positions. The chords will then be D .2005 04:05:54 . It is the most expensive of the books. Why else should they publish new transcriptions? But I don't have the book. part 2 Order from: Robert Johnson .torvund. it might have revised and more accurate transcriptions.Edim . and you are in C-major. and you have to experiment with how you can make various turnarounds based on these chords.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.F#dim . 3 and 2. we will discuss a few other positions for the same chords.

http://www.A will be: You can move this across to the three bottom strings. The chords A .Adim7 .Ddim7 . The fingering will be the same. Come back in a few days .) If you prefer D .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . A C#dim Cdim Bdim Go down two frets. But try it.Lesson 1. we can for instance play in A.torvund.E for the key E-major..G#dim7 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3.G7 .C#dim7 .D will be: On the strings 5.D7 .C#7 . and you should be able to figure out the rest.01.D#dim7 . the chords will be: And the D . just on the adjacent set of strings. two frets to E.2005 04:05:54 .G#7 .G#dim . part 2 You can of course move this up one fret to Eb.. and make your own judgement. To me.A7 .A will be: And the chords A .D7.A#dim7 .G#dim . instead of going down. where again you have to play some open strings.C7 . the turnaround does not sound too good so deep down in the bass. 4 and 3. I'll give you the chords E . and you are in G-major. (Some work still need to be done here. etc.F#dim .asp (3 of 4)07.

Dave Rubin has just published a book on Blues Turnarounds.Lesson 2 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . I will continue the discussion on blues turnarounds in about a month.Lesson 1 Part 2 Further references Turnaround .torvund. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe . Inc.75x11.net I appreciate comments http://www..75. See more info. and cannot wait.2005 04:05:54 . Book/CD package.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . Licks and phrases. Size 9x12 inches.. McCabe's 101 Series.asp (4 of 4)07. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn.Lesson 1. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. Size 8. Published by Hal Leonard. Published by Mel Bay Pub. 48 pages.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. Guitar Educational.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_1-3. Book and CD package. so I guess it will be worth having.01. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar . Blues. I will get myself a copy of the book. If you want more. Level: Multiple Levels.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Blues Guitar – Turnaround . With notes and tablature.. I have not yet seen the book.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . But I have yet to see a book from Dave Rubin that is not good. part 2 This is so far we will get now. 40 pages.. and cannot make any further commnets on it. See more info..

and make up your own mind. and listen how these notes work in isolation.2005 04:05:56 .torvund. part 1 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround . give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites The next is the second line: http://www.Lesson 1 Part 3 Turnaround .asp (1 of 3)07.01. is to play one line at the time.Lesson 2. But you should try and listen to all of them. part 1 Turnaround .Lesson 2 Part 2 In this lesson we will take a closer look a the lines in the chords we covered in the last lessons. Before we start.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . If you like the site. other lines get too dull. These movements between chords are called voice leading. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. we will repeat the basic chord sequence in E. Some lines can work as a turnaround without any other notes.Lesson 2. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: What we will do then.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1. The first is the top line.

Lesson 2.2005 04:05:56 .torvund.asp (2 of 3)07. part 1 It should be no surprise that the next one is the third line: If you worked through the previous lesson.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . The dim7 line will be: And the 7 line will be: http://www. one based on dim7 chords. and one with ordinary 7 chords.01.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1. you should also remember that we added two variations or a fourth line.

Blues Guitar – Turnaround .the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-1.2005 04:05:56 . part 1 We will develop some of these lines a bit further in part 2.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround . More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .01.net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar .Lesson 2 Part 2 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund.asp (3 of 3)07.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .Lesson 1 Part 3 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 2.

torvund. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Then we go to line 2. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites If we go back to E. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. But now the line is harmonized: http://www.Lesson 3 Part 1 Be can now break the notes up into triplets. and take another look at the chord sequence covered in Blues Guitar . Now it starts to sound like a real turnaround again.asp (1 of 3)07.Lesson 2 Part 1 Turnaround . and move line 2 down one octave. part 2 Turnaround .Lesson 2.2005 04:06:04 . and play line 1 against the root played on 4th string.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . Retailers: If you like the site. we will find the same line.01. you get at turnaround that is very typical of Robert Johnson.Lesson 2. and play it against the root on the open 1st string.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2. give me your vote: If we change key to A. part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .

and styles of this legendary musician who has influenced generations of guitarists. which is Ab. Guitar Educational.. we will look more at some turnaround licks.torvund. Woody Mann explores the ideas..2005 04:06:04 . In the next turnaround lesson. it would be: But they will usually play the relative major to the Fm chord. which is also a "harmonized line 2". part 2 If you listen to the playing of Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake. Written in standard notation and tablature. techniques.. phrase-by-phrase instruction. Moppin' Blues. Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. Selections include: House Rent Stomp. But I will not discuss their playing styles in this lessons. http://www. Size 9x12 inches. Worryin' You Off My Mind.01. ToC No HL695602 Review: Woody Mann: Guitar of Big Bill Broonzy Order from: SheetmusicPlus In this comprehensive new audio lesson. 40 pages. Published by Hal Leonard. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn.. Hey. and Saturday Night Rub. Brownskin Shuffle. But you have to try it out for yourself. you can often hear them playing a turnaround in C. If we use the same sequence as above. the answer is yes. The CDs contain three full hours of instruction featuring note-by-note.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . SG98508BCD See more info. Stove Pipe Stomp.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2.Lesson 2. Book and CD package. You do not get their sound just by playing the chords.asp (2 of 3)07. See more info. Includes 3 CD's. If you should wonder if you could substitute the Am minor in the E-sequence with it's relative major C. With notes and tablature. and transpose to C. Hey. Then the sequence will be: Big Bill Broonzy and Blind Blake played a highly syncopated rhythm.

Lesson 2 Part 1 Further references Turnaround .Lesson 2. 26 pages. part 2 Order from: Guitar of Blind Blake taught by Woody Mann. Blues. Grossman Audio.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_2-2.75x11. Licks and SheetmusicPlus phrases.asp (3 of 3)07. Level: Intermediate. Size 8. (SG98507BCD) See more info. Published by Grossman's Gtr Workshop.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar .Lesson 3 Part 1 GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund. More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar ...01.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .2005 04:06:04 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . For fingerpick guitar.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 Turnaround .torvund. Book/CD package.Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .75.

part 2 Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Turnaround .asp (1 of 4)07.01.Blues Guitar – Turnaround . http://www.torvund. One example is this: Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format.Turnaround Licks Turnaround .Lesson 3.Lesson 3. part 2 . give me your vote: But from here it is better to think of turaround licks based on the blues scale. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites There are many ways you can vary these small scale based run.Lesson 3 Part 1 One way to make variations. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Or the other way: Retailers: If you like the site. But the next one is not right on the point.2005 04:06:08 .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. is to combine elements from various turnarounds. rater than on chord sequences.

like this: Or it can be the first note on the last beat: I am not saying that it is wrong if you make one of the other notes longer. We should not end on the E before the first beat in the last bar. In the example above.torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2. And you decide what is right for you. Another approach is to break the sequence by adding an extra note. they will usually not work as well. to get home on time. But usually is not always. part 2 and I will explain why. One simple way is to slow the lick down by making one note longer. It could be the first note on the third beat.2005 04:06:08 . in this case a D.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .01. You can go to the 7th below the root. In my opinion.asp (2 of 4)07. like this: http://www. we simply came home a little bit too early. We have to add something.Lesson 3.

Guitar Educational. There are of course many other turnarounds. Published by Mel Bay Pub.. Book and CD package. ToC No HL695602 Review: Order from: Larry McCabe . Order from: Blues Turnarounds SheetmusicPlus A Compendium of Patterns & Phrases for Guitar. Licks and phrases.Lesson 3. With notes and tablature. By Dave Rubin and MusicRoom Rusty Zinn. But this should give you something to work from.2005 04:06:08 . See more info. Size 9x12 inches. 48 pages.101 Blues Guitar Turnaround Licks SheetmusicPlus For electric guitar. ToC No MB95360BCD Review: More on Blues Turnarounds q q q q Blues Guitar .Blues Guitar – Turnaround .75x11..75.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.Lesson 8: A Turnaround Chord Sequence Blues Guitar . Blues. If you subscribe to my newsletter.the turnaround chord Blues Guitar . See more info. you will be among the first to know when there are new turnarounds around.asp (3 of 4)07. Book/CD package. Level: Multiple Levels. McCabe's 101 Series.torvund. I will from time to time upload more turnarounds in various keys. Size 8. Published by Hal Leonard.the note that distinguish the blues scale from the minor pentatonic scale: This concludes the mini-series on blues turnarounds.Lesson 9: Turnaround licks in E Turnaround_Lesson 1-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 1-2 Turnaround_Lesson 1-3 Turnaround_Lesson 2-1 q q q Turnaround_Lesson 2-2 Turnaround_Lesson 3-1 Turnaround_Lesson 3-2 http://www. 40 pages..01.. part 2 Another possibility is to add the flat five . both in the key of E and in other keys. Inc..Lesson 3: An introduction to turnarounds .

01.asp (4 of 4)07.2005 04:06:08 .net I appreciate comments http://www.Blues Guitar – Turnaround .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/Turnaround_3-2.Lesson 3.Lesson 3 Part 1 Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.torvund. part 2 Turnaround .

torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G. All the fretted notes are played with the slide. So you should listen to the MP3 file as well. But a MIDI file like this can never give you the subtleties of slide guitar playing. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter Retailers: If you like the site.asp (1 of 2)07.2005 04:06:11 . this time played in Open G tuning.Blues Guitar Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar – Roll and Tumble Blues. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format."Spanish" http://www. give me your vote: Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues. You can get some clues from the MIDI file. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/ slide guitar Open G/A tuning . Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues. Open G Walking Black Mama. Open G This is one of the classic slide themes.01.

Blues Guitar q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/ROLL&T-G.01.2005 04:06:11 .asp (2 of 2)07.torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.

I hope this will make it a bit easier.2005 04:06:12 .Walking Black Mama Olav Torvund's Guitar Pages Guitar Lessons Book of the Month January 2005 Blues Guitar . and then the whole verse. Retailers: I have written two bars with two variations of the third lick. Happy Traum: Blues Guitar New: Blues Guitar lessons in PDF format. Robert Johnson's learned this theme from Son House. The next lick is played in bars 5. it might be reduced to a size that is a bit hard to read.torvund. But the most famous version is probably Robert Johnson'sWalkin' Blues. so you might wonder why i write out a fourth one. It is built from three basic licks. I have made a simplified version of the theme. Here is the complete 12-bar version http://www. and the first of the two bars is also played in bars 11 and 12. Son House's used it in My Black Mama and Preachin' the Blues.01. These two bars are played in bars 7 and 8. only moved two frets up. Bestsellers New Books Newsletter The first lick is played through the first four bars. If I write the whole verse so that you can view it on screen. So I have written the basic licks. It is played in bar 9. But this is really the same as the second. Go here for books and videos on blues guitar Go here for links to other Blues Sites I said three licks. 6 and 10.asp (1 of 3)07.Walking Black Mama This is one of the classic blues slide themes in Open-G tuning. The main point is to get a driving rhythm.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama.

it is actually far from right. Open G Walking Black Mama.net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama. But you have to know MIDI better than I do if you want to do that. Open G q Books and videos on bottleneck/slide guitar Open G/A tuning .Walking Black Mama I am sure it is possible to get something that at least resembles slides in a MIDI file.torvund. PDF-File Bottleneck/Slide Guitar q Dust My Blues. So the MIDI file does not sound right .Blues Guitar .01."Spanish" q q Main Chords in Open G / A tuning q q The Minor Pentatonic Scale Blues Guitar/Slide – Roll and Tumble Blues q q Songs in Open-G Songs in Open-A Further references GP= Guitar Player * TG=Total Guitar * GT=Guitar Technique * AG=Acoustic Guitar * FsG=Fingerstyle Guitar * G1=GuitarOne * GWA=Guitar World Acoustic * Gu=Guitar * Gst=Guitarist * HTPG=How To Play Guitar I=Interview * F=Feature * A=Analysis * Ls=Analysis * C=Comment * Li=Licks * R=Review http://www. Open D q q Roll and Tumble Blues.2005 04:06:12 .asp (2 of 3)07.

01.2005 04:06:12 .torvund.net I appreciate comments http://www.asp (3 of 3)07.Walking Black Mama Home The lawfirm where I am partner: Bing & Co © Olav Torvund University of Oslo NRCCL olav@torvund.Blues Guitar .net/guitar/BluesGuitar/WalkingBlackMama.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful